Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

For Christ also hath once suffered for sins, the just for the unjust, that he might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh, but quickened by the Spirit: By which also he went and preached unto the spirits in prison; Which sometime were disobedient, when once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that is, eight souls were saved by water. The like figure whereunto even baptism doth also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh, but the answer of a good conscience toward God, by the resurrection of Jesus Christ: Who is gone into heaven, and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject unto him. 1 Pet 3:18-22

Having already discussed the topic of undeserved suffering with reference to Christ’s crucifixion in 1 Pet 2:21-25 the author now deals with it in terms of Christ’s resurrection and ascension. Note that the passage begins and ends with the resurrection of Christ. The flow of thought in these verses is as follows:

  • Christ suffered once for sins
  • he was put to death
  • he was made alive
  • he preached to imprisoned spirits
  • they had been imprisoned because they had been disobedient
  • they had been disobedient during Noah’s time
  • when only eight people had survived the flood
  • this reminds us of baptism
  • it ‘saves’ us because of Christ’s resurrection
  • when he ascended into heaven to sit at God’s right hand

[18] ‘For’ ‘because’ (hóti) – this is a link with the thought of vv.13-17. It does not link back to v.17 alone. If so Peter would be telling them that they are suffering innocently but are to be happy because Christ also suffered innocently as the pattern of innocent suffering. That interpretation is not possible because Christ’s suffering was unique, it was ‘for sins once for all.’ The link is to the entire thrust of vv.13-17 that they are blessed because they are suffering innocently. Peter is telling these Christians in Asia Minor that just as Christ seemed defeated by his suffering but emerged triumphant so they too will be triumphant. He is thus preparing them for fiery trial ahead and encouraging them to stand fast throughout.

‘For’ may also introduce a quotation from an early Christian hymn (cp. 2:21), the relevant extract here being v.18 and v.22.

‘also’ You are suffering but remember that Christ suffered too.

‘once’ (hápax) once for all. For similar see Rom 6:10; Heb 7:27; Heb 9:12, 26, 28; 10:10). Christ’s sacrificial death was of infinite value.

The argument here is not that of Hebrews (chapters 7-10) that Christ’s once for all sacrifice does away with the need for more sacrifices. The point here is the one brought out in 4:1-3; that just as Christ dealt with sin once and then began a new phase of life so these Christians should be finished with sin and not return to pagan practices.

‘suffered for sins, the just for the unjust’ Note the two different words translated ‘for:’

1) ‘for sins’ (perí) concerning or with regard to (see also Rom 8:3; 1 Jn 2:2; 1 Jn 4:10). Christ’s suffering was related to sins, but not his own sins for he was righteous.

2) ‘for the unjust’ (hupér) on behalf of. Christ’s death was vicarious, a substitutionary atonement.

Peter stresses the innocence of Christ’s character and therefore that his suffering was undeserved. Peter refers to Christ by the title ‘the Just One’ in Acts 3:14.

The purpose and intention of Christ’s suffering was that he might lead us to God i.e. to provide access to God or to bring us into God’s presence, in the sense of presenting us at a royal court.

Christ was able to provide this access to God by ‘being put to death in the flesh, but quickened by the Spirit.’ Watson & Callan (2012, p.88) explain:

“Christ,” the subject of the sentence, is modified by two passive participles: “put to death” (thanatōtheis), with the human authorities in Jerusalem as implied agents, and “made alive” (zōopoiētheis), with God understood as the agent (cf. 1 Pet. 1:3, 21), for the latter verb typically refers to the resurrection (John 5:21; Rom. 4:17; 8:11; 1 Cor. 15:22; Eph. 2:5; Col. 2:13.

These parallel participles, each connected to a noun, are contrasts.

mén……dé on the one hand……on the other hand. This same expression denoting contrast appears elsewhere in 1 Peter, for example, 1:20; 2:4; 4:14.

What is meant by ‘in the flesh’ and ‘by the spirit?’ According to Vinson, Wilson & Mills (2010, p.174) there are three options :

  1. in the flesh – as a human being , in the spirit – as a spiritual being. 1 Pet 4:6 makes it clear that the spirit is God’s spirit.
  2. in the flesh – in the human realm, human sphere of existence, in the spirit – in the realm of the spirit, spiritual sphere of existence, i.e. Jesus was put to death in the human realm and made alive in God’s realm.
  3. by the flesh – Jesus was killed by human beings, by the spirit – Jesus was raised by the action of God’s spirit i.e. by God’s power.

[19] ‘in/by which’ This refers back to ‘spirit’ (v.18b) and the three possible meanings are:

  • ‘in which realm’ i.e in the Spirit’s realm, in his mode of existence as a spirit.
  • ‘by which’ i.e. by the Spirit’s enabling.
  • in which’ i.e . this refers to the event (the resurrection – when the Spirit made him alive).

‘also’ This does not refer to the ‘spirits in prison’ as that would infer that Christ had made a previous proclamation to others. It indicates that another point about Christ’s activity has occurred to the writer. The previous point is that Christ died to bring us to God, this next point is that he made a proclamation to the spirits in prison.

‘spirits in prison’ This expression does not occur elsewhere in the New Testament. Peter’s readers obviously understood the reference to these imprisoned spirits as it is not presented as a new revelation nor does Peter give an explanation. Unfortunately, since we do not understand the reference we can therefore only speculate upon the answers to the following questions:

  1. Who are the imprisoned spirits?
  2. Where are they located?
  3. What is meant by ‘went?’ In which direction did Christ travel?
  4. What was the nature and content of his preaching?
  5. When did the preaching occur?

‘spirits’ (pneúma) This word refers to supernatural beings (Mt 12:45; Lk 10:20; Heb 1:14). In the New Testament dead human beings are called nekroi, dead ones, or psychoi, souls. Peter had Genesis 6:1-4 in mind, where we read about the ‘sons of God’ (rebellious angels, Jude 6) who were attracted by and raped human women (1 En 15:3-7).

‘prison’ (phulakḗ) This is the usual word for prison, a place where criminals are held. It is used with regard to spirits in Rev 20:7 and probably also in Mt 5:25 – referring to ‘Gehenna of fire’ in Mt 5:22. Jude 6 ‘chains’ also suggests imprisonment of spirits. In Isa 24:21-22 we read about the imprisonment of ‘the host of the high ones on high’. Since it is spirit beings, not human souls, that are said to be imprisoned, the location is not the abode of the dead (Sheol or Hades, never viewed as a prison in the Bible) but seemingly an undisclosed location in the upper regions where disobedient spirit beings are held.

‘went'(poreúomai) In what direction did Christ travel? This word itself gives no clue. Since, however, it occurs again in v.22 where it obviously refers to Christ’s ascension (as in Acts 1:10), logically the direction is ‘upward.’ The preaching occurred after Christ’s resurrection (v.18b having been made alive in the spirit) so it makes sense that the reference here is to the Ascension.

‘preached’ (kērússō) – to announce or proclaim. This was not a proclamation of the gospel as Peter uses another word for that (euaggelízō) in 1 Pet 4:6 but most likely an announcement of judgement. It would have brought comfort to the Christians experiencing trials to know that the judgement of the wicked, even powerful spirits, was assured.

[20] ‘sometime’ (poté) at one time or another, formerly

These imprisoned spirits are said to have been disobedient.’ They are now in prison but the main focus is on their past disobedience rather than their present condition. They failed to heed the warning that they were given ‘in the days of Noah’. Mention of this time in history enables Peter to introduce the topic of the Flood (Gen 6-8). This story is referred to elsewhere in the New Testament in Mt 24:37-39; Lk 17:26-27; Heb 11:7; 2 Pet 2:5; 3:6.

‘the patience of God waited’ This does not just mean that a long-suffering God waited with patience while the ark was was under construction. The sense of ekdéchomai is eager expectation. God’s patience is personified as eagerly awaiting the time when it could be demonstrated in the saving of a few people, in this case eight.

‘in which’ lit. into which. Kelly (1969, p.158) points out: ‘eis conveys the double sense of going into the ark and so being saved in it.’

‘a few’ ‘eight souls (persons). Noah, his wife, his three sons and their wives.

‘were saved by water’ Just as the water effected Noah’s deliverance from the evil world of his day so baptism symbolized the deliverance of the Asian Christians from the evil society in which they lived.

‘BAPTISM NOW SAVES’

[21] What is meant by this dramatic statement in v.21?

‘now’ This refers to the present age in contrast to the time before Christ came.

‘figure’ (antítupon) – a type, pattern or model

‘flesh’ (sarkós) – the flesh of a living creature i.e. body.

‘filth’ (rhúpos) a coarser word than ‘dirt.’

‘answer’ (eperṓtēma) declaration, pledge, profession, agreement, contract, question, inquiry. This word occurs only here in the New Testament but is used in the LXX of Dan 4:17 to mean ‘decision.’

Others would argue that here eperṓtēma means ‘request’ (see Mt 16:1 KJV ‘desired him’). The following interpretations are possible:

• a request to God from a good conscience
• a request to God for a good conscience
• a declaration to God from (or ‘of’ ) a good conscience
• a pledge to God to maintain a good conscience

‘conscience’ (suneídēsis) consciousness of, awareness of an important situation, circumstance or attitude (comes from the words meaning co-knowlege or knowledge shared with another). The Christian receives a good/clear conscience as a result of cleansing at conversion. The idea is not that of absence of guilt but of submission and obedience to God’s will (2:19; 3:16).

Addressing his first readers, Peter tells them that ‘a few, that is, eight people were saved through water, which even in reference to them is a pattern. Baptism now saves, not as a removal of filth from the body but as a declaration of an appropriate awareness toward God through the resurrection of Jesus Christ.’

Baptism corresponds to the water and thus to Noah’s experience of salvation. As Noah passed through the water from evil and death to life, so Christians pass through water as a symbol of their transition from evil and death to new life at conversion.

Peter negates any idea that there is something miraculous about the baptismal water and goes on to explain how baptism saves. He defines it in terms of a declaration.

‘baptism saves’ Brooks (1974, p. 293) comments: ‘It spares from the unfavorable circumstance of judgment. It does so because it is the declaration of the individual’s appropriate conscious awareness in reference to God. He can have this appropriate awareness because of the resurrection of Christ. Baptism saves in that it is the moment when the individual testifies to the fact that he shares something in common with God. He makes known that he has the right attitude and relationship toward God. He willingly responds with his declaration to anyone who interrogates him. He has become a “co-knower” with God and other Christians that in the resurrection of Christ there is salvation. The baptized is saved because he recognizes the authenticity and divine origin of the message that in Christ God has offered man the ultimate revelation of His grace.’

The declaration of a good conscience is made possible ‘by the resurrection of Jesus Christ.’ See 1:3.

[22] Peter returns to what he has been saying about Christ in v.18 (and about Christ’s journey in v.19) and reminds his readers that Christ has been raised by the Father, that he has gone into heaven and is at the right hand of God, with all angels, authorities, and powers subject to him. He thus reassures them that just as Christ has emerged triumphant from suffering, so too will they. There is no need to be afraid (v.14).

‘right hand of God’ The place of authority. This was a fulfillment of Psa 110:1. For Christ at God’s right hand see Mt 22:41-46; 26:64; Mk 12:35-37; 14:62; 16:19; Luke 20:41-44; 22:69; Acts 7:55–56; Rom. 8:34; Col. 3:1; Heb. 1:13; 8:1; 10:12; 12:2

‘has gone into heaven’ Refers to an event i.e. the Ascension.

‘has gone’ This is the same participle as in v.19.

For the Ascension see: Mk 16:19; Lk 24:51; Acts 1:6-11.

For the subjection of supernatural beings see 1 Cor 15:24; Eph 1:20-21; Phil 2:9-10; Col 2:15. Angels are listed along with authorities and powers in Rom 8:38 and in this verse (v.22). This makes it even more likely that the imprisoned spirits of v.19 are disobedient angels.

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTARY

3:13-17 Suffering for righteousness’ sake

‘And who is he that will harm you, if ye be followers of that which is good? But and if ye suffer for righteousness’ sake, happy are ye: and be not afraid of their terror, neither be troubled; But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear: Having a good conscience; that, whereas they speak evil of you, as of evildoers, they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ. For it is better, if the will of God be so, that ye suffer for well doing, than for evil doing.‘ 1 Pet 3:13-17

We have now arrived at the main section of 1 Peter which, depending upon how one divides the epistle, ends at either 4:19 or 5:10. It deals with the subject of undeserved suffering; specifically, suffering as a Christian. The suffering endured by his readers has already been referred to in 1:6-7; 2:12,15, 19-20 and 3:9 but now Peter addresses it as his main topic.

Kelly (1969, p. 139) identifies three main interwoven strands of thought that Peter develops throughout the section:

  • ‘the idea that the innocent man can face suffering with confidence.’
  • ‘the basis of this confidence is Christ’s victory and the privilege of sharing His passion.’
  • ‘the imminence of the End, when righteous suffering will receive its reward.’

[13] Generally, undeserved suffering is exceptional. Following on naturally from what he has said in vv.9-12 Peter asks a rhetorical question: ‘Who then (i.e. under the circumstances that I have just outlined) is going to harm you if you are devoted to what is good?’

‘followers of that which is good’ lit. ‘zealous of good ‘ – enthusiastic for.

The implied answer is ‘no-one’.

‘harm’ This does not mean literal physical harm but eternal, lasting harm.

[14] Peter tells them that in the event that they should have to suffer physical abuse for the sake of righteousness they ought to count it a blessing and a privilege. The thought is similar to that of Mt 5:10-11. Peter goes into more detail on this point in 4:14. ‘Righteousness’ is upright behaviour. In this verse the situation is hypothetical but in 4:12 the suffering is about to take place, therefore the situation for the original readers must have been deteriorating. In an environment hostile to, and suspicious of, Christianity the risk is always present.

‘be not afraid of their terror, neither be troubled’ Peter quotes from Isa 8:12 -13 by way of encouragement. Keating (2011, p.93) explains the point:

‘Just as the Lord was a stronghold for beleaguered Jerusalem in the time of the prophet Isaiah, so he is the comfort and strength for the small, vulnerable Christian communities of Asia Minor— and for us today. To shrink in fear before those who abuse us verbally and physically is a natural human response. We need supernatural faith and hope to resist falling into fear.’

[15] Undeserved suffering presents an opportunity to witness. Christians are not to be terrified by those around them. Their response should not be to deny Christ but to ‘sanctify’ (acknowledge as holy) the Lord God in their hearts. The words ‘in your hearts’ are not in Isaiah, these are added by Peter.

‘give an answer’ A second response is to be ‘ready for a defence (apologian)’. See Acts 22:1; 25:16 ‘answer for himself’; 26:2; Phil 1:7,17; 2 Cor 7:11 ‘clearing;’ 2 Tim 4:16 ‘answer’.

‘reason’ (lógos) account.

This may be a reference to formal interrogation by government or to making a legal defence against a charge, but ‘defence’ and ‘account’ do not always have a technical legal sense. Apologian is used in a non-technical way in 1 Cor 9:3 and 2 Cor 7:11.

‘Always’ and ‘everyone’ are general words so, while they may be called upon to answer to government authorities, Peter’s readers are expected to give an explanation or justification of their faith in answer to general informal questions from non-Christians.

‘hope’ – looking for something good with the expectation of obtaining it.

‘within you’ – either in the Christian community in Asia Minor as a group or within each of their individual hearts.

Their defence of their beliefs is to be conducted with an attitude of gentleness (towards their critics) and fear (towards God).

[16] ‘having a good conscience’ It is necessary to maintain a clear conscience for their witness to be effective. The idea is of knowing that one is not guilty and has nothing to hide. For similar see 3:21 and also Acts 23:1; 1 Tim 1:5,19; 3:9; 2 Tim 1:3; Heb 13:18.

Peter hopes that the exemplary behaviour of Christians will shame those who slander them. Their good manner of life is rooted ‘in Christ”.

‘conversation’ (anastrophḗ) mode of conduct, way of life.

‘that they may be ashamed who falsely accuse you’ (epēreázō) misuse, insult, treat despitefully – this word only occurs here and in Mt 5:44; Lk 6:28.

[17] The paragraph closes with a general statement: ‘it is better to suffer when doing right, if it be God’s will, than when doing wrong.’ lit, ‘if the will of God were so to will.’ Peter has already given this advice to slaves in 2:20.

SUMMARY POINTS

3:14 BE CONFIDENT ‘Be not afraid of their terror, neither be troubled’

3:15 BE COMMITTED ‘But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts ‘

3:15 BE CONVERSATIONAL ‘Be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you.’

3:15 BE CONSIDERATE ‘With meekness and fear.’

3:16 BE CLEAN ‘Having a good conscience.’

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

2 PETER – BIBLIOGRAPHY

BOOKS

Aymer, M., Kittredge, C. and Sánchez, D., 2016. Hebrews, The General Epistles, And Revelation. Minneapolis: Fortress Press

Bigg, C., 1901, A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Epistles of St. Peter and St. Jude, New York: Scribners

Fornberg, T., 1977, An Early Church in a Pluralistic Society : a Study of 2 Peter, Lund: LiberLaromedel/Gleerup

Green, G. L., 2008. Jude and 2 Peter, Grand Rapids, Mich.: Baker Academic

Green, M., 2009. 2 Peter & Jude: Tyndale New Testament Commentary: No. 18., 2nd ed. Nottingham: IVP

Jowett, J. H., 1993. The Epistles Of Peter. Grand Rapids, MI: Kregel Publications

Keating, D., 2011. First and Second Peter, Jude. Grand Rapids, Mich.: Baker Academic

Kelly, J. N. D., 1969. A Commentary On The Epistles Of Peter And Of Jude. London: A. & C. Black

Lincoln, W., 1871. Lectures On Epistles Of Peter, Kilmarnock: John Ritchie

Martin, T. and Mason, E., 2014. Reading 1-2 Peter and Jude: A Resource for Students, Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature

Moo, D. J. 1996. 2 Peter, Jude (NIV Application Commentary), Grand Rapids, Mich.: Zondervan

Patterson, D. and Kelley, R., 2006. Women’s Evangelical Commentary, Nashville, Tenn.: Broadman & Holman Publishers

Reicke, B. I., 1964. The Epistles of James, Peter and Jude, New York: Doubleday & Co

Skaggs, R., 2020. 1, 2 Peter and Jude Through the Centuries, Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons Ltd

Sproul, R. C., 2019. 1-2 Peter: An Expositional Commentary, Sanford, FL: Reformation Trust Publishing

Vinson, R., Wilson, R. and Mills, W., 2010. 1 & 2 Peter, Macon, GA: Smyth & Helwys Pub

Watson, D. and Callan, T., 2012. First And Second Peter. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic

JOURNAL ARTICLES

May, J. Y., 2006, ‘Those Credible Eyewitnesses’, Foundations, Vol. 55, pp. 24-27

Posted in Exposition

2 PETER 3:1-18 THE LORD’S RETURN

THE CERTAINTY OF THE LORD’S RETURN

3:1-2 COMMANDMENT

3:3-7 CONTEMPT

3:8-9 CONSTRAINT

3:10-13 CATASTROPHE

3:14-18 COUNSEL

‘This second epistle, beloved, I now write unto you; in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance: That ye may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets, and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour: 2 Pet 3:1-2

3:1-2 COMMANDMENT

Peter now turns from his tirade against false teachers to focus his attention on his readers and encourage them by addressing the disturbing topic of the delay of the Parousia. This seems to have been a problem for the early Christians, as they expected the return of the Lord during their lifetime.

[1] Peter addresses his readers as ‘beloved’ (agapētoí). This term was used by the New Testament writers to denote believers. It must, therefore, have been encouraging for Peter’s suffering readers to realise that they were loved with God’s deep unconditional love. The word occurs here in v.1 for the first time in 2 Peter but is used three more times in this same chapter; in vv.8, 14 and 17.

We learn that this is the second letter that he has written to them, the first must have been 1 Peter. The purpose of his writing is by way of reminder, he has already told them this in 1:13. He wants to stir up their ‘pure minds’ (sincere disposition). Diánoia means intellect or the thinking faculty. The idea is that of ‘true discernment.’

He wishes to remind them of topics addressed in his first letter which would include living a holy life, avoiding immorality, a glorious future for believers and doom for the wicked.

[2] He wants them to recall the words previously spoken by the holy prophets and the apostles of the Lord and Saviour.

‘prophets’ The reference could be to New Testament prophets but is more likely to be to Old Testament prophets since the prophets in 1 Peter (1:10-12) were clearly Old Testament as they lived before Christ.

‘apostles’ This is probably a reference to the missionaries who evangelised their part of Asia Minor. Peter associates himself with them.

‘the commandment’ In the context this may refer to a command to watch for the Lord’s return e.g. Mk 13:33-37.

Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, And saying, Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water: Whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished. But the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.‘ 2 Pet 3:3-7

3:3-7 CONTEMPT

[3] Peter singles out what he views as the main point (‘understanding this first’ – same phrase as 1:20a) of the message of the Old Testament prophets and the New Testament apostles; that in the last days there will be ‘scoffers with scoffing’. Those who deny prophecy are themselves the subject of prophecy. This expression ‘scoffers will come to scoff’ emphasizes the activity of the false teachers. He goes on to say that they will not only be irreverent but also immoral, as they will ‘walk after their own lusts’ (see 2:10a). ‘walking’ is used to denote behaviour. The word ‘scoffer’ (empaíktēs) occurs only here and in Jude 1:18 in the New Testament.

‘in the last days’ This is a biblical term for the final days (usually thought of by Christians as the time between Christ’s ascension and second coming) e.g. Isa 2:2; Dan 2:28; Hos 3:5; Mic 4:1; Acts 2:17; Heb 1:2.

[4] ‘Where is?’ i.e ‘What has happened to?’ This expresses skepticism (Psa 42:10; Jer 17:15; Mal 2:17).

‘promise’ This is a key word in this chapter: vv. 4, 9, 13, see also 1:4.

‘coming’ parousía

‘fathers’ ancestors. This possibly refers to the first generation Christians who had died, or probably to the Old Testament patriarchs (Jn 6:31; Rom 9:5; Heb 1:1).

‘fell asleep’ – This is a metaphorical way of saying ‘died’ (Mt 27:52; 1 Cor 15:6,18).

The scoffers had decided that since nothing had changed since the beginning of the world they were free to indulge their own passions (v.3b).

[5-7] Peter answers these two objections of the scoffers in reverse order. In vv.5-7 he addresses their view that all things have remained stable since the beginning (4b) and then in vv. 8-10 addresses the question ‘Where is the promise of his coming?’ (4a).

Objection 1. All things have remained stable since the beginning.

According to Peter the scoffers deliberately ignore the fact that the heavens and the earth (i.e the universe) were created by the word of God and that, far from allowing them to continue unchanged, he has intervened and destroyed them once already by the Flood (see also 1 Pet. 3:20-21; 2 Pet 2:5). Drawing upon Genesis 1:2, 6-7, according to which only water existed before the formation of the universe, Peter says that the heavens and earth were formed ‘out of water’ and ‘by means of water’. They (the heavens and the earth meaning: ‘the world that then existed’) were therefore destroyed by the very element from which they were formed.

‘whereby” by which. This is usually taken to refer to the water but since ‘which’ is in the plural the antecedent might be ‘word’ as well as ‘water’, in that case we have ‘the two agents of creation cooperating in destruction’ (C. Bigg cited by J.N.D. Kelly, 1969, P.360).

In v.7 Peter accepts a tradition found in Jewish apocalyptic writings that the universe will be destroyed by fire. This is the only biblical reference to that, although there are many that speak of fire as the instrument of God to destroy his enemies. The universe is reserved by the same word for future judgement by fire. Peter’s emphasis is not on the fire but on the judgement. This will fall on ‘ungodly men’, undoubtedly this is a sideways swipe at the false teachers and scoffers.

Peter’s answer to the claim that all things have continued undisturbed from the beginning is that the world has not always remained stable. God does intervene and has done so at the Flood. This gives good grounds for believing that he will do so again in the future (see Mt 24:37-39).

‘But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.’ 2 Pet 3:8-9

CONSTRAINT

[8-9]

‘You must not fail to notice’ Again addressing them as ‘beloved’ (see v.1), Peter uses the same expression as that in v.5 (‘are ignorant of’) – with the ‘you’ in v.8 standing in contrast to the ‘they’ of v.5.

Objection 2. ‘Where is the promise of his coming?’

Peter now answers that question and makes three main points in his explanation of the delay:

1. The Lord does not calculate time the way we do (v.8).

God does not distinguish between one day and a thousand years. He bases this upon Psa 90:4 (‘For a thousand years in thy sight are but as yesterday when it is past, and as a watch in the night’) to show that the time of the Parousia and Day of the Lord cannot be predicted accurately. He is NOT hinting that in scripture one day equals a thousand years

2. The Lord is patient and gives opportunity for people to repent (v.9).

The Lord (i.e. God as in v.8) is not slow (in the sense of ‘slack’ – bradúnō ) about his ‘promise’ (same word as v.4), as some (the scoffers and those who have been influenced by them) reckon slowness (i.e. due to negligence) but the delay is due to his forbearance (makrothuméō – long anger). He delays judgement because he desires that all should repent and none perish ( e.g. 1 Pet 3:20)

3. The Day of the Lord will come suddenly (v.10)

God’s patience does not mean that the judgement will never come and, in fact, the delay will have intensified divine judgement (v.10).

‘But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, Looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness.’ 2 Pet 3:10-13

3:10-13 CATASTROPHE

[10] Despite what seems like a long delay (v.9) the Day of the Lord (Jer 46:10; Joel 2:1–11; Amos 5:18–20) will certainly come (Acts 17:30-31); like a ‘thief in the night’ (Mt 24:43; Lk12:39; 1Thess 5:2; Rev 3:3; 16:15). It will be sudden and unexpected, but not for believers, 1 Thess 5:4.

The Day of the Lord will bring catastrophe for the universe because ‘the heavens will pass away with a rushing sound, the celestial bodies will will be set ablaze and disintegrate’ (translation by J.N. D. Kelly, 1969, p.364)

‘Elements’ (stoicheíon – one of a row, plural – series) can mean either the basic elements of which everything in the universe is composed (earth, air, fire, water) or celestial bodies like stars. ‘Earth’ here probably refers to the planet rather than the people who live on it. All that humans have done on it will be done away with. The Old Testament background is probably Isa 34:4. See Rev 14:13 for what happens to the works of Christians.

[11] Peter maintains that this prediction of a future catastrophe ought to stimulate Christians to holy living in the here and now. They should not get overly attached to the things of this world, for those will not last. He presents this in the form of a question (vv.11-12) containing the challenging and memorable phrase: ‘What manner of persons ought ye to be?’

[12] Unlike the false teachers and scoffers, who deny the reality of the Lord’s second coming, believers should look forward to it, and even hasten it. Speúdō can either mean ‘earnestly desiring’ (Isa 16:5) or ‘urge on, hasten on.’ Since the Lord desires that all should come to repentance presumably the acceleration of the ‘Day of God’ can be brought about through prayer and evangelism, resulting in people repenting and converting. Peter had earlier preached this idea of repentance and conversion speeding up Christ’s return in a sermon recorded in Acts chapter 3:

‘Repent, then, and turn to God, so that your sins may be wiped out, that times of refreshing may come from the Lord, and that he may send the Messiah, who has been appointed for you—even Jesus. Heaven must receive him until the time comes for God to restore everything, as he promised long ago through his holy prophets.’ Acts 3:19-21 NIV

The ‘coming’ (parousía) of the Day of God. Here parousía does not refer to a person, as in v.4a, but a day.

That Day of God (see Rev 16:14), also known as the ‘Day of the Lord’, will generate cosmic destruction. The heavens will be destroyed (loosed or broken up) and the elements will melt.

[13] The positive thing, according to Peter, is that the universe will not be annihilated but remodelled. The idea seems to be that of purification rather than total destruction. The transformation will inaugurate a new era.

The intensity of divine judgement should not cause the Christians to despair but rather cause them to hope as they can look forward to new heavens and a new earth. Two things are said about this new creation:

1. Righteousness dwells in it.

At present the believers face opposition from false teachers and scoffers but they can look forward to the future state in which unrighteous people like those will be excluded.

2. It is ‘according to his promise’.

‘his’ i.e. God’s, refers back to ‘[Day of]God’ v.12

The promise referred to is Isa 65:17 (see also Isa 66:22; Rev 20:11; 21:1):

‘For, behold, I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind.’

‘Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of him in peace, without spot, and blameless. And account that the longsuffering of our Lord is salvation; even as our beloved brother Paul also according to the wisdom given unto him hath written unto you; As also in all his epistles, speaking in them of these things; in which are some things hard to be understood, which they that are unlearned and unstable wrest, as they do also the other Scriptures, unto their own destruction. Ye therefore, beloved, seeing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked, fall from your own steadfastness. But grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. To him be glory both now and forever. Amen.’ 2 Pet 3:14-18

3:14-18 COUNSEL

[14] Since they have ‘these things’ (new heavens and a new earth) to look forward to Peter again emphasizes the need for the Christians to live a holy life.

‘look forward to’ – the same verb (prosdokáō) as in v.12 and v.13.

‘be diligent’ – make an effort, also 2 Pet 1:10,15.

‘at peace’ – The state of reconciliation with God, 1 Pet 1:2, 2 Pet 1:2.

‘without spot or blemish’ This contrasts with the scoffers who in 2:13 are said to be ‘spots and blemishes.’ This means that the Christians are to be eager to be like Christ himself (1 Pet 1:19; Eph 1:4; 5:27).

‘to be found of him’ i.e. in the sight of the Lord (judgement) at his Coming.

[15] Unlike the scoffers who considered it slackness (v.9) the Christians are to ‘reckon’ that God’s (‘the Lord’ vv. 8,9,10 + Day of God v.12)) forbearance is salvation. This is a repetition of the idea in v.9 that God delays the parousia and judgement because he desires that all repent.

Peter uses Paul for further confirmation and says that he counts Paul ‘a beloved brother.’ He refers to Paul’s correspondence which was circulating among the churches and says that Paul had written something similar, ‘in virtue of the wisdom given to him’ (1 Cor 2:6-16; Col 1:28). Peter may have had Rom 2:4 or Rom 3:25-26 in mind, but what epistles and what passages he means is left rather vague.

In more general terms, Peter must have felt that Paul’s teaching supported his own exhortations to Christians to lead holy lives in view of the Second Coming.

[16] It is unclear from 2 Peter (3:1) exactly what group of Christians this letter is addressed to. It is also impossible for us to know what, if anything, Paul had written specifically to them. Peter mentions ‘all’ Paul’s letters, which would suggest that the Christians in Asia Minor had access to a collection. This may have been more than just the three addressed to churches in Asia Minor; Galatians, Ephesians and Colossians.

Peter notes that Paul’s letters are difficult and easily misunderstood. He was concerned about false teachers taking parts of Paul’s letters out of context and using them to back up their version of Christian freedom, i.e. license. The false teachers twist Paul’s letters to their own perdition, as they do the other scriptures. What are ‘the other writings’ Peter refers to? They were probably the Old Testament books and the New Testament Gospels. Peter is certainly saying that the false teachers distort these in the same way as they do Paul’s writings. Some commentators, however, go further and maintain that Peter is denoting Paul’s letters as authoritative and inspired and that here he is putting them on a par with the other writings.

[17-18] In these two verses Peter repeats his warning against false teachers, encourages the Christians to grow in grace and knowledge and concludes his letter with a doxology to Jesus Christ. He reminds the believers that since they have been forewarned they are to ‘beware’. They are ‘to be on guard’ (phulássō keep watch), this is the same verb as ‘saved’ in 2:5. They are to take care:

negatively:

a. Not to be carried away by the error of lawless or unprincipled people.

b. Not to fall from their own stability (he has already told them that they are stable in 1:12)

positively:

i. They are to grow in grace (God’s favour) and

ii. They are to grow in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.

‘to him [be or belongs – there is no verb in the original] glory now and to the day of eternity (lit. the day of the age).’ All the glory is to go to Christ alone for forever. Amen.

Posted in Exposition

2 PETER 2:1-22 FALSE TEACHERS

This entire chapter is taken up with the topic of false teachers.

2:1-3 THE DECEITFULNESS OF FALSE TEACHERS

2:4-10a THE DESTRUCTION OF FALSE TEACHERS

2:10b-22 THE DESCRIPTION OF FALSE TEACHERS

But there were false prophets also among the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring upon themselves swift destruction. And many shall follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of. And through covetousness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not, and their damnation slumbereth not. 2 Pet 2:1-3

2:1-3 The Deceitfulness Of False Teachers

[1] Having claimed in 1:16 that what he preaches is the truth and also that the Old Testament scriptures are inspired and reliable Peter moves on to talk about those who will distort truth. He labels them ‘false teachers’ and predicts that just as false prophets (pseudoprophḗtēs) arose among ‘the people’ (nation of Israel), so false teachers (pseudodidáskalos) will appear in the Christian church; the new people of God (1 Pet 2:10). The Old Testament definition of a false prophet is given in Deut 18:20-22 (see also Deut 13:1-5). For OT examples of false prophecy see 1 Kgs 22:5-12; Jer 5:31; 14;13-15; Ezek 13:1-23; Mic 3:5-12). The rise of false teachers in the church was also predicted by Jesus (Matt 7:15; 24:11) and by Paul (Acts 20:29-30; 1 Cor 11:19; 1 Tim 4:1).

These false teachers will smuggle in (pareiságō – secretly bring in) ‘heresies of destruction’ i.e destructive heresies. As teachers they were probably in positions of church leadership. ‘Heresy’ is a different school of thought or a sect, but in a bad sense (Gal 5:20). Here the plural word seems to mean the opinions or views of a single school of thought or sect, rather than plural (i.e. several) sects.

These false views will be destructive to the false teachers themselves as ‘they bring upon themselves swift (soon, same word as 1:14) destruction’ (2:1c) and ‘their destruction is not asleep’ (v3).

Peter again raises the concept of the master-slave relationship. In 1:1 he calls himself a ‘slave of Jesus Christ.’ Here in 2:1 he claims that the false teachers are denying ‘the master that bought them’ and in verse 19 says that they are the ‘slaves of corruption.’ This implies that we are all slaves to something.

The false teaching results in them ‘denying the master that bought them.’ This may have been a denial of Christ’s lordship over their lives because of their immoral behaviour but a reading of chapter 3 would suggest that it included rejection of the Second Coming/future judgement. The image of Christians having been bought by Christ’s death and owing allegiance to him as a result is found also in 1 Cor 6:20; 7:23 and Gal 3:13.

In this verse Peter refers to his opponents and by calling them ‘false teachers’ implies that what they teach is not reliable. He does not, however, present reasoned arguments against their doctrine but tries to arouse the emotions of his readers against the false teachers by concentrating, not on doctrinal but on moral failings which he attributes to them. He hopes that, disgusted by these, his readers will reject the opposing teachers.

[2 -3] Because of the many people who will follow the false teachers’ licentiousness (debauched behaviour, disordered sexual activity) the way of truth will be slandered and reviled. The apostles were very aware of the influence the conduct of Christians could have on the surrounding pagans (1 These 4:12; 1 Tim 6:1; Tit 2:5; 1 Pet 2:12, 15; 3:16).

Peter had been accused (1:16) of following ‘cunningly devised fables’ but here again maintains that his teaching is ‘the way of truth’.

In v.3 Peter warns his readers that in their greed (covetousness) the false teachers will exploit them financially with ‘feigned words’ In v.14 he says that the false teachers are ‘trained’ in greed.

plastois logois, ‘plastic words’ – artifical, easily moulded.

In two negative statements Peter maintains that the false teachers will be judged:

1. ‘from of old their condemnation has not been idle.’ – it is already active

2. ‘their destruction does not sleep.’ – it is awake and ready to fall on them.

For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell, and delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserved unto judgment; And spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth person, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood upon the world of the ungodly; And turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah into ashes condemned them with an overthrow, making them an example unto those that after should live ungodly; And delivered just Lot, vexed with the filthy conversation of the wicked: (For that righteous man dwelling among them, in seeing and hearing, vexed his righteous soul from day to day with their unlawful deeds); The Lord knoweth how to deliver the godly out of temptations, and to reserve the unjust unto the day of judgment to be punished: But chiefly them that walk after the flesh in the lust of uncleanness, and despise government. 2 Pet 2:4-10b

2:4-10a The Destruction Of False Teachers

In this section Peter seeks to support his statement that the condemnation and destruction of false teachers is certain. The argument is in the form of ‘If …then…’. He presents three examples from the Old Testament and in v.9 clearly states the point he is making.

EXAMPLE 1 The Angels That Sinned (2:4)

‘God did not spare the angels that sinned’ refers to the story in Gen 6:1-4 of heavenly beings that lusted after human women and produced offspring with them. The story is also referenced in Jude 6. More details are found in the Jewish apocryphal book 1 Enoch ( https://www.ccel.org/c/charles/otpseudepig/enoch/ENOCH_1.HTM) chapters 6 and 7 which was well-known at the time and from which (1 En 1:9) Jude quotes (Jude v.14).

Peter does not specify the angels’ misdemeanour but simply states that they ‘sinned.’ He concentrates instead on their punishment. God cast them (not necessarily ‘down’) into hell and consigned them to ‘pits (seirá – lit. pit) of darkness’ where they are kept until the judgement. The text of Jude v.6 reads ‘chains’ (desmós – strong bonds, chains) and many translations use ‘chains’ in both passages, although the words are different.

Strangely, Peter uses a rare verb tartaróō for ‘cast into hell’. It comes from the noun Tartarus (Tártaros) which in ancient Greek mythology denoted the deepest area of Hades. Since Peter’s readers in Asia Minor were from a Greek-speaking background he uses a word that they would understand to describe the fate of the angels that sinned. Although this incident occurred a long time in the past and the judgement is in the future they are even now undergoing punishment.

EXAMPLE 2 God Did not Spare the Ancient World but He Saved Noah and Seven Others (2:5)

Referring once more to Genesis chapter 6 Peter says that God brought judgement upon the ancient world through a flood and wiped out everyone; sparing only Noah and seven others (see 1 Pet 3:20), all members of the one family.

Noah is here called a ‘herald of righteousness.’ ‘Righeousness’ is upright behaviour. The word kḗrux can be used in the sense of ‘preacher’ e.g. 1 Tim 2:7. There is no mention in the Old Testament of Noah calling upon the antediluvians to repent.

EXAMPLE 3 GOD DESTROYED SODOM AND GOMORRAH BUT DELIVERED LOT (2:6-8)

The third example gets fuller treatment because the situation was similar to that in which Peter’s readers found themselves. Like Lot, the Christians in Asia Minor whom Peter addresses lived in a wicked society and found the sexual immorality and lawless conduct of their neighbours distressing. Not only that but false teachers in the church were denying the Lord’s Second Coming and rejecting the possibility of a future judgement. Thinking that they would not have to account for their conduct these teachers lived and promoted an evil lifestyle.

Genesis chapter 19 records how righteous Lot was rescued but Sodom and Gomorrah judged by fire. Peter says that this made them a model or pattern (hupódeigma) for what will happen to those who have lived ungodly since that time on. In the next chapter (3:10-12) Peter employs images of fire, heat and melting when describing the judgement at the end of the world (Day of the Lord).

[9-10a] In v.9 Peter sums up the main point of the ‘If…then…’ style argument he has been making in vv. 4-8 and applies the lesson from the well-known examples of God’s judgement that he has presented:

‘The Lord knoweth how to deliver the godly out of temptations, and to reserve the unjust unto the day of judgment to be punished.’

If God has punished those that sinned in Example 1, and punished sinners and saved the righteous in Examples 2 and 3, then God knows how to save the righteous and punish sinners.

The section ends at 10a with the comment that judgement falls especially upon those who ‘follow the flesh with its depraved desire’ and ‘despise lordship’. The latter term is probably equivalent to ‘denying the master’ in v.1. Peter thus brings the subject back to the false teachers mentioned in vv.1-3.

2:10b-22 The Description Of False Teachers

Presumptuous are they, self-willed, they are not afraid to speak evil of dignities. Whereas angels, which are greater in power and might, bring not railing accusation against them before the Lord. But these, as natural brute beasts, made to be taken and destroyed, speak evil of the things that they understand not; and shall utterly perish in their own corruption; And shall receive the reward of unrighteousness, as they that count it pleasure to riot in the day time. Spots they are and blemishes, sporting themselves with their own deceivings while they feast with you; Having eyes full of adultery, and that cannot cease from sin; beguiling unstable souls: a heart they have exercised with covetous practices; cursed children: Which have forsaken the right way, and are gone astray, following the way of Balaam the son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness;  2 Pet 2:10b-16

[10b-16] Peter launches into a description of false teachers and in vv.10b-16 deals with two of their main characteristics; arrogance and sensuality. In v. 10b he negatively assesses them as brazen and insolent and says that they are not afraid to slander the glorious ones. The example of this given in the following verses is difficult to understand.

Since ‘dignities’ (doxai – glories, glorious ones) seems to refer to angelic beings (whether good or bad) in Jude v.8 many take it that here in 2 Peter the ‘glorious beings’ are also angels. Most who hold this view take it that in this instance the reference is to evil angels/demons(2:4) and that the false teachers must have been reviling them. Keating (2011, p.182) summarizes this view:

‘They are charged with bringing reviling and blaspheming judgments against the glorious beings (literally, “the glories”), which is a reference to the angels or to demonic powers. If Peter is referring to good angels, then the false teachers are reviling them either by denying the authority of the Scriptures that the angels were mediators of, or more probably by denying the final judgment that was to be carried out by the angels. The angels were often understood in Jewish and Christian tradition to be the mediators of the Old Testament revelation (see Heb 2:2) and to be the instruments of the final judgment (see Matt 13:39–41). If Peter is referring to demonic powers here, then the false teachers are reviling them probably by “denying that the devil could have any power over them and speaking of the powers of evil in skeptical, mocking terms.”

In 2 Peter, however, it is God (1:17) and Jesus Christ (1:3,17; 3:18) who are said to have glory. I think it more likely that the disparaging of the glorious ones refers to the denial by the false teachers of the the Second Coming of Christ and dismissal of the fact that God will one day judge the world (See chapter 3).

[11] The conduct of the angels is contrasted with that of the false teachers.

Either:

The false teachers arrogantly slander glorious beings but the good angels, who are superior in strength and power to the false teachers, do not advance a slanderous judgement against the fallen angels before the Lord. (e.g Jude v.9).

Or:

The false teachers arrogantly slander God and Jesus Christ but angels, who are superior in strength and power to the false teachers, do not advance a slanderous judgement against the false teachers before the Lord.

[12-14] These three verses are one long sentence.

‘But these’ (i.e. the false teachers in contrast to the angels) are irrational animals born naturally for capture and destruction (i.e caught and killed for food). The emphasis is on the ignorance of the false teachers. They behave irrationally and live like animals. They slander things they are ignorant of (this is equivalent to ‘slander the glories’ in v.10b) and will perish in their own corruption. This tells us that these people were unregenerate as in 1:4 believers are said to have ‘escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.’

There is some wordplay in the original ‘shall utterly perish in their own corruption’. To replicate it in English the phrase would read something like: ‘ They shall be destroyed with the same destruction they have brought about.’ (Kraftchick cited by Vinson, Wilson & Mills 2010, p.338).

[13] They will receive the ‘reward of unrighteousness.’ This is similar to the ‘wages of sin’ in Rom 6:23.

‘They count it pleasure to revel in the day-time.’ Normally revelling was regarded as taking place at night (darkness is associated with evil) but the false teachers were so immoral that they practised their debauchery in full view during the day as well.

The night is far spent, the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light. Let us walk honestly, as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering and wantonness, not in strife and envying.  Rom 13:12-13 

Woe to thee, O land, when thy king is a child, and thy princes eat in the morning! Ecc 10:16 

Woe unto them that rise up early in the morning, that they may follow strong drink; that continue until night, till wine inflame them!  Isa 5:11 

‘spots and blemishes as they carouse with you, revelling in their own deceptions.’ This is about disgusting behaviour at their parties and banquets, but may refer to the Lord’s Supper.

[14] ‘Their eyes are filled with an adulteress and they are insatiable for sin.’ The false teachers are always eying up women with a view to sexual activity.

‘they ensnare unstable souls’ They try to bring those who lack foundation in the faith, probably recent converts, under their control.

‘souls’ More or less equivalent to ‘people.’

‘unstable’ (astḗriktos) This word occurs only here and at 3:16.

The false teachers have hearts ‘well-trained’ in greed. The word gumnázō was used of athletic training and exercise. Their greed was habitual, they were experts.

At the thought of it Peter cannot help exclaiming ‘Accursed creatures!’ (lit. children of a curse).

[15] The false teachers have abandoned the straight road, they have gone astray and followed the road of Balaam, son of Bosor, who loved profit from wrong-doing. It was believed that the non-Israelite Balaam willingly accepted a bribe to curse Israel (Read Num 22, for the four oracles of Balaam see Num 23:7-10, 18-24; 24:3-9, 15-19.

‘road’ or ‘way’ was generally used of conduct (see 1 Sam 12:23; Hos 14:9; Psa 107:7; Acts 13:10) and go astray for ‘being corrupted.’

In the Old Testament Balaam’s father’s name is given as Beor (Num 22:5, 25:3).

[16] Peter relates that the ‘dumb’ (áphōnos, without articulate speech)’beast of burden’ (hupozúgion) rebuked Balaam for his error. An irrational beast saw the error of Balaam’s way and spoke to him, the false prophets do not see the error of their way and proceed like brute beasts.

In the Old Testament account in Numbers 22:21-35 it was the angel of the Lord that issued the rebuke to Balaam. The ass had been aware of the angel’s presence and would not go any further After Balaam struck it the animal protested in a human voice. (See also Num 31:16; Deut 23:5; Neh 13:2; Jude v.11; Rev 2:14)

These are wells without water, clouds that are carried with a tempest: to whom the mist of darkness is reserved forever. For when they speak great swelling words of vanity, they allure through the lusts of the flesh, through much wantonness, those that were clean escaped from them who live in error. While they promise them liberty, they themselves are the servants of corruption: for of whom a man is overcome, of the same is he brought in bondage. For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, they are again entangled therein, and overcome, the latter end is worse with them than the beginning. For it had been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness, than, after they have known it, to turn from the holy commandment delivered unto them. But it is happened unto them according to the true proverb, The dog is turned to his own vomit again; and the sow that was washed to her wallowing in the mire. 2 Pet 2:17-22

Slaves and Apostates 2:17-22

[17] Peter continues his description of the false teachers and refers to them as ‘these [people].’ He calls them ‘waterless wells and mists blown away by sharp gusts of wind’ Just as an empty well would leave thirsty travellers disappointed and mists that disappeared would disillusion farmers anxious for rain to water their crops so the teaching of the false teachers was empty and useless.

‘the gloom of darkness has been reserved for them’ Compare v.4.

[18] ‘great swelling words’ (hupérogkos) bombastic, inflated, swollen, oversized

They ensnare in the ‘passions of the flesh’ and ‘sensualities’ people who ‘are only just escaping.’ The false teachers target new converts who are still in the process of breaking away from their old way of life and from their former associates who live in error.

[19] The false teachers promise freedom (they probably taught that Christians are not bound by the moral law, see Rom 6:15; 1 Pet 2:16) but while talking to others about liberty they themselves are slaves to corruption (moral corruption). There follows a saying or maxim based on the image of someone defeated in battle, taken captive and enslaved: ‘for a man becomes the slave of him who overpowers him.’

[20] ‘For’ What does ‘for’ refer back to?

a) Perhaps it looks back to ‘slaves of corruption in 19a and is therefore a reference to the false teachers themselves. This is most likely.

b) Perhaps it looks back to v.18 and refers to those (recent converts) who are just escaping paganism but have been ensnared by the false teachers.

To become an apostate, to leave Christianity and return to paganism, is to be in a state worse than one was at first. Peter emphasizes the seriousness of this in the next verse.

[21] It would have been better to have remained pagans than to have known ‘the way of righteousness’ (Christianity) and then have turned from the ‘holy commandment’ (the gospel message – holy because it is from and about Jesus Christ).

Peter uses the noun epígnōsis in v.20 and twice in v. 21 the verb epiginṓskō. These speak of an intense, full sort of knowledge.

[22] ‘But it is happened unto them’ This is a dramatic perfect which speaks of what is certain to happen in the future as if it has already happened.

Peter then quotes two sayings about the filthy and disgusting habits of dogs and pigs.

  1. ‘The dog has returned to its vomit’ This same saying is used in Prov 26:11 of a fool who repeats his folly.
  2. ‘The sow which has been washed [has returned] to wallow in mire.’

These proverbial sayings aptly illustrate both the uncleanness and the apostasy of the false teachers

Posted in Exposition

2 PETER 1:12-21 COMMENTARY

PETER’S TESTAMENT AND THE INTEGRITY OF THE APOSTLES AND PROPHETS

Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth. Yea, I think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up by putting you in remembrance; Knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus Christ hath showed me. Moreover I will endeavour that ye may be able after my decease to have these things always in remembrance. For we have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eyewitnesses of his majesty. For he received from God the Father honour and glory, when there came such a voice to him from the excellent glory, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. And this voice which came from heaven we heard, when we were with him in the holy mount. We have also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts: Knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture is of any private interpretation. For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.’ 2 Pet 1:12-21

[12-15] PETER’S TESTAMENT

There are two main themes in these four verses; remembrance and Peter’s forthcoming death. The fact that he will die soon makes it important that the believers keep his teaching in mind. Each of the themes is mentioned three times.

REMEMBRANCE (12, 13, 15)

  • v.12 ‘Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things’.
  • v.13 ‘I think it meet, __ to stir you up by putting you in remembrance.’
  • v.15 ‘that ye may be able__ to have these things always in remembrance.’

PETER’S DEATH (13, 14, 15)

  • v.13 ‘as long as I am in this tabernacle.’
  • v.14 ‘shortly I must put off my tabernacle’
  • v.15 ‘after my decease.’

These verses are an example of a genre known as ‘testament.’ This is a written farewell speech in which the author predicts his death, emphasizes his legacy as a teacher and warns that some will come after his death and attack his memory and teachings. For other New Testament examples see: Jn 15;1-17:26; Acts 20:17-38; Phil 1:12-30.

[12] ‘these things’ i.e. Peter’s teaching in the previous section.

‘I intend to keep on reminding you of these things’ Since Peter will soon be dead, he must mean that his letter will be an ongoing reminder of him and his teaching. He encourages his readers by saying that they are already familiar with the truth and need to be established in it. The other uses of words in the same group (from sterixo, ‘to make fast’) at 2:14; 3:16,17 suggest that some of these believers were vulnerable and unsteady.

[13-14] In 2 Peter ‘tabernacle’ or ‘tent’ is a metaphor for ‘body’ (1:13-14), the word only occurs elsewhere in the NT in Acts 7:43, 46. The use here conveys the thought that our lives on earth are transitory.

This reminds me of the refrain of hymn No. 48 in The Believer’s Hymnbook:

Here in the body pent,
Absent from Him I roam,
Yet nightly pitch my moving tent
A day’s march nearer home.

Peter, too, was aware that he would soon die, in fact he says that the Lord Jesus Christ had made it clear to him. Two other references relating to predictions about Peter’s death are Jn 13:36-38 and Jn 21:18-19.

[15] Peter speaks of his death as an ‘exodus’. Within the space of just a few verses we learn that for the believer death is not just an éxodos (departure 1:15) from this life but also an eísodos (entrance 1:11) into the eternal kingdom.

[16-18] THE INTEGRITY OF THE APOSTLES

In this section Peter uses the Transfiguration as proof of the reliability of Christ’s future power and coming and emphasizes that he, with other apostles, was present:

  • v. 16 ‘we were eyewitnesses (epóptēs -only occurs here in NT)
  • v. 18 ‘we heard this voice’
  • v.18 ‘we were with him’

They saw Christ’s ‘majesty.’ Verses 17-18 expand on this vision of Christ’s megaleiótēs (‘greatness’)

Peter maintains that the Transfiguration was not a cleverly devised fable but a genuine historical event that foreshadowed Christ’s parousia. The teaching about Christ’s power (dúnamis) and coming (parousía) is therefore said to be reliable. ‘Power’ is linked with Christ’s resurrection in Rom 1:4. In the New Testament ‘parousia’ never refers to Christ’s first coming (Incarnation) but always to his Second Coming, e.g. Mt 24:3. 37, 39; 1 Thess 2:19; 3:13; 4:15; 5:23; 2 Thess 2:1, 8; Jas 5:7,8; 1 Jn 2:28.

[17] ‘excellent (majestic) glory’ i.e . God.

[18] ‘voice which came from heaven’ i.e. the voice of God.

The above are examples of a type of synecdoche known as abstractum pro concreto, when an abstract concept is used for something concrete.

[19-21] THE INTEGRITY OF THE PROPHETS

Not only does the trustworthy testimony of apostles who have seen Christ’s majesty and heard God’s voice declare that Jesus is the Son of God confirm the reliability of the teaching about the parousia but the teaching is also founded upon the reliability of scripture.

[19] ‘We have also a more sure word of prophecy’ What Peter had seen and heard on the mountain is confirmed by the Scriptures. The identity of the Prophetic Word is not given. The term may refer to the Old Testament scriptures as a whole, because they speak of Christ. Verse 20, however, would imply that a particular prophecy is in mind. Since it is not specified it must have been well-known to the original readers of the letter. A couple of possibilities are Num 24:17 and Dan 7:13-14.

‘I shall see him, but not now: I shall behold him, but not nigh: there shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Scepter shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth.’ Num 24:17

‘I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him. And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.’ Dan 7:13-14

The latter passage is used eschatologically in Mt 26:64; Mk 13:26; 14:62; Rev 1:7, so it may be the most likely candidate.

The Christians in Asia Minor to whom Peter is writing are advised to pay attention to the message of prophecy as it is like a lamp shining in a dark world ‘until day dawns’ and the morning star arises in their hearts. Since there is no article preceding ‘day’ the reference is not to a specific day (e.g. The Day of the Lord) but just a contrast between darkness and dawn. When day dawns darkness will vanish!

In Lk 1:78 Jesus is called ‘the dawn from on high’ and in Rev 22:16 ‘the bright morning star.’

‘in your hearts’ Peter talks about the effect the parousia will have on believers. It will banish all doubt and uncertainty and for them the light from the lamp of the prophetic word will give way to the glorious illumination of eternal day. A new future age will begin.

[20-21] These verses emphasize that scripture is divinely inspired.

‘no prophecy of the scripture is of any private interpretation’ Who is the individual doing the interpreting? The reader or the prophet? Both are possible.

1. The reader: no individual is permitted to interpret scripture according to their own ideas but in accordance with what is intended by the Holy Spirit.

2. The prophet: what any genuine prophet prophesies does not come from himself but God.

The reason is given in v. 21. Prophecy came via human beings, but they were moved by the Holy Spirit. What the prophets spoke and wrote was prompted by God.

Peter stresses the reliability of the teaching of the apostolic witnesses and of the Old Testament scriptures about the Lord’s parousia and coming judgement because he is about to deal with the topic of false teachers who scornfully reject these promises.

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTARY

3:1-7 SUBMISSION IN THE HOME

3:8-12 PRINCIPLES OF GODLY LIVING

‘Likewise, ye wives, be in subjection to your own husbands; that, if any obey not the word, they also may without the word be won by the conversation of the wives; While they behold your chaste conversation coupled with fear. Whose adorning let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; But let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price. For after this manner in the old time the holy women also, who trusted in God, adorned themselves, being in subjection unto their own husbands: Even as Sarah obeyed Abraham, calling him lord: whose daughters ye are, as long as ye do well, and are not afraid with any amazement. Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them according to knowledge, giving honor unto the wife, as unto the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered. Finally, be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another, love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous: Not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing: but contrariwise blessing; knowing that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing. For he that will love life, and see good days, let him refrain his tongue from evil, and his lips that they speak no guile: Let him eschew — evil, and do good; let him seek peace, and ensue it. For the eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and his ears are open unto their prayers: but the face of the Lord is against them that do evil.’

3:1-7 Submission in the home

Having written about submission as a citizen and as a slave (or employee) Peter now addresses the topic of submission in the home. He first speaks to wives (3:1-6) and then to husbands (3:7). For advice by the apostle Paul to husbands and wives see Eph 5:22-25; Col 3:18-19.

[1] The word homoíōs – likewise, in the same way – links back to what has gone before (2:13), where submission is to be ‘for the Lord’s sake.’ As also v.7.

hupotássō ‘be subordinate to’ is the same word as in 2:13,18 but this does not mean that women are to submissively allow themselves to be treated like slaves; wives do not have the same relation to husbands as slaves have to masters. It is a military word that has to do with the arranging of troops under a commander of superior rank. The present participle of the verb is used as an imperative.

‘to your own husbands’ This is also at verse 5.

‘if any obey not the word’ Several of the Christian women had pagan husbands.

‘word’ is used twice in this verse – ‘the word (the gospel message) and ‘without a word’ (without saying anything).

The motive for submission was evangelistic; that the unbelieving husbands might be won over ‘without a word’ by observing the ‘way of life’ of the wives. The Christian life is a powerful witness.

‘won’ kerdaínō to win over, gain, make a profit (Jas 4:13). This word occurs five times in 1 Cor 9:19-22, seemingly it was used by missionaries as a buzzword for convert or save.

[2] ‘behold’ take note of, see 2:12

‘chaste’ pure – This is wider than sexual purity; see Phil 4:8; 1 Tim 5:22; Tit 2:5; Jas 3:17; 1 Jn 3:3.

‘in fear’ reverent – This was to be their attitude towards their husbands, or perhaps God, as in 1:17.

[3] The character of a Christian woman is more important than her outward appearance (cp. Isa 3:18-24).

[4] ‘hidden man of the heart’ i.e. inner personality.

‘of’- The genitive is either:

a) possessive i.e. the person who lives in the heart,

or:

b) appositional i.e. the heart – the unseen person

Peter is speaking here of true beauty which is internal:

  • it is hidden
  • it will not fade away
  • it is precious to God

A gentle and quiet spirit is imperishable. The idea is that of self-control. A woman is not expected to live in silence or to have no personality. Both gentleness and quietness are precious in God’s sight (see 1 Sam 16:7).

[5-6] Peter now turns to the Old Testament and says that the holy women of old (possibly Sarah, Rebekah, Rachel and Leah) were more interested in interior than exterior adornment. These women were ‘holy’ in that they were called and set apart by God. They ‘trusted in God’ i.e. by faith they expected that God would fulfil his promises (Heb 11:13). In v.6 Peter moves from the general to the particular and cites the case of Sarah, someone who was highly respected as the ‘mother’ of the Jews (Isa 51:2). She is held up as an example of submission because she called her husband ‘lord’. The reference must be to Gen 18:12 where she refers to him as her ‘lord’ but does not call him that directly.

Peter says that these formerly pagan women he addresses are Sarah’s spiritual daughters (like her they are strangers and pilgrims) if:

a) They do what is right i.e. defer to their husbands

b) Let nothing terrify them.

Peter turns from the reference to Sarah and addresses the everyday situation of the Christian women of Asia Minor. Even if treated badly by pagan husbands or neighbours they are to be courageous and controlled in their response to difficult situations.

[7] This verse contains Peter’s advice to Christian husbands, the reference to prayers tells us that the men being addressed are Christians. The advice is shorter than that to women because many of the Christian women were married to pagan husbands. As in 3:1, verse 7 begins with ‘likewise.’ This is not saying that Christian husbands are to be subject to their pagan wives but the word ‘likewise’ connects the sections back either to the general statement in the previous chapter that all human creatures are to be respected (2:13), or perhaps to ‘with all respect’ (2:18).

‘dwell with [them] according to knowledge’ There is no article but it is clear that the reference is to ‘your wives.’

‘knowledge’ here means ‘insight’ as in 1 Cor 8:1-13. Peter lists three motives for this:

1) ‘giving honour to the female as the weaker vessel’

‘the female’ – an adjective used with a neuter single to form a noun – a generic single i.e. the female sex. The weakness in view here is physical, not spiritual. ‘vessel’ i.e. the body (1 Thess 4:4). The Christian husband is to realise that men and women have been created differently and that he is to treat his wife with courtesy and respect. This verse would also address the topic of intimidation or physical abuse of a Christian wife by her husband, should such a situation ever arise.

2) ‘since you are joint-heirs of the grace of life’

At that time women were also weaker in terms of social standing and influence but here Peter makes it clear that Christian husbands and wives have the same spiritual standing and are therefore equal partners in the service of the Lord.

‘of life’ This is an epexegetic genitive which provides further explanation. This grace consists of life.

3) ‘that your prayers be not hindered’ It is necessary to have a right relationship with others in order to have a right relationship with God (Mt 5:23-26; 18:19-35; 1 Cor 11:17-22). ‘hindered’ – cut off or struck out. It is here taken for granted that Christians pray.

Some Bible verses on the topic of hindered prayer:

‘If I regard iniquity in my heart, the Lord will not hear me.’ Psa 66:18

‘Whoso stoppeth his ears at the cry of the poor, he also shall cry himself, but shall not be heard.’ Pro 21:13

‘He that turneth away his ear from hearing the law, even his prayer shall be abomination.’ Pro 28:19

‘But your iniquities have separated between you and — your God, and your sins have hid his face from you, that he will not hear.’ Isa 59:2

‘Son of man, these men have set up their idols in their heart, and put the stumblingblock of their iniquity before their face: should I be inquired of at all by them?’
Ezek 14:3

‘But if ye do not forgive, neither will your Father which is in heaven forgive your trespasses.’ Mk 11:26

3: 8-12 PRINCIPLES OF GODLY LIVING

[8-12] In these verse Peter gives a general exhortation as to how Christians ought to behave towards one another. Verse 8 contains five adjectives advocating the following characteristics:

1) UNITY

2) SYMPATHY

3) BROTHERLY LOVE

4) COMPASSION

5 HUMILITY

Verse 9 emphasizes that Christians should not retaliate but return good for evil. They should have this attitude towards each other and also towards their persecutors outside the church. If they do this they will ‘inherit a blessing’ in a metaphorical sense, for a literal example see Heb 12:17. The thought is similar to that in Mt 5:38-48; Rom 12:14, 17; 1 Cor 4:12; and 1 Thess 5;15.

In verses 10-12 Peter encourages the Christians by quoting from Psalm 34, which he has already cited in 2:3. Here the quotation confirms that the Lord blesses those who do good. The quotation ends with the words: ‘For the eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and his ears are open unto their prayers: but the face of the Lord is against them that do evil.’ God will deal with the wicked, the Christian’s responsibility is to react to opposition and abuse by seeking and pursuing peace. This leads Peter to once again take up the topic of suffering already mentioned in 1:6; 2:19–24 and 3:9.

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

2 Peter 1:1-11 COMMENTARY

1:1-2 GREETINGS

‘Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord,’

[1-2] The author begins by using the standard format of a Greek letter and introduces himself as Symeon Peter. This form of his first name reproduces the Hebrew šim‘ôn rather than the Greek ‘Simon’ and is only used of Peter elsewhere in the New Testament in Acts 15:14. He calls himself a slave (doúlos) and apostle of Jesus Christ. The former is a title that is common to all Christians but Peter is also emphasizing that as an apostle he writes with authority, since an apóstolos is an ambassador, someone sent to deliver a message from a higher authority.

The letter is addressed to believers who have equal standing in Jesus Christ as Peter says that they have ‘been granted a faith equally precious with ours.’ The word lagchánō means to obtain by lot, i.e. freely. The faith here is probably not, as in verse 5, their personal faith in Christ but the body of truth, as in Jude 3. If it does refer to personal faith then clearly it is a free gift, originating not with man but with God. In either case Peter is assuring them that the faith which they have received is in no way inferior to his. Even though these Christians had heard the gospel second-hand from the apostles their faith is of equal value to that of Peter and others who heard it direct from Christ himself. They, like all others, had received it ‘through the righteousness (fairness, lack of favouritism) of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ.’ The reference here is NOT a double one; to God the Father and to our Saviour Jesus Christ. Peter here applies the title ‘God’ to Jesus, thus indicating the divinity of Jesus Christ. The title ‘saviour’ is a favourite of 2 Peter, occurring five times: 1:1, 11; 2:20; 3:2, 18.

Other New Testament verses that call Jesus God are: Jn 20:28; Rom 9:5; Tit 2:13; Heb 1:8.

Here, as in 1 Peter, the Christians are greeted with a blessing, that grace and peace be multiplied. Unlike 1 Peter these are here said to come through ‘the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord.’ This knowledge (epígnōsis) is not an intellectual appreciation but refers to the more intense, decisive, true personal knowledge of ‘coming to know’ Christ in conversion (1:3, 8; 2:20).

The author has not yet identified exactly who these Christians are. We do not find out until 3:1 that this is his second epistle to them. They must therefore be the Christians in Asia Minor addressed in 1 Peter 1:1.

1: 3-4 GOD’S POWER AND PROMISES

According as his divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and virtue: Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.’

[3-4] Aware that these Christians have been brought up in a pagan Hellenistic environment Peter uses non-biblical concepts in order to get his message across. Greek philosophy used such terms as ‘divine’,’ life’, ‘goodness’, ‘knowledge’, ‘excellence’, ‘corruption’ and ‘divine nature.’ He tells them that the knowledge of God brings benefits (‘great and precious promises’) to Christians and that these are given by divine power and through knowledge of him who has called us. Note the use of the preposition ‘through’ in vv. 1,2 and 3.

  • 1:1 ‘through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ ‘
  • 1:2 ‘through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord.’
  • 1:3 ‘through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and virtue.’

It is unclear whether vv. 3-4 are connected to verse 2 or to vv. 5-7. Given the repetition of ‘knowledge’ it is likely that they relate back to verse 2 and expand on the theme of knowledge.

One might ask: “who are ‘him’ and ‘us’ in verse vv. 3-4? Does ‘his/him’ refer to God the Father alone or does it change to Jesus as the one who has called us? Does ‘us’ refer to Peter and the apostles in particular or to all Christians in general?

Peter tells them that God’s ‘divine power’ (an abstract way of saying’ God himself’) has provided (perfect tense – permanent and final) everything that is needed for spiritual vitality and godly living (eusébeia piety, devotion to God 1:6; 3:11). This is available only through him (God or Jesus Christ?) who has called us to share in his own ‘glory and power/excellence.’ Note that in the New Testament it is God who calls: Rom 4:17; 9:12; Gal 1:6, 15; 5:8; 1 Thess 2:12; 5:24; 2 Tim 1:9; 1 Pet 1:15; 5:10.

Through these (KJV ‘whereby’), i.e. his glory and power, he has bestowed (perfect tense – permanent and final) on us ‘great and precious (honourable and magnificent/extraordinary) promises.’ These promises are the Old Testamentary prophecies and the words of Christ himself. In the context of 2 Peter they probably include the promises of The Second Coming (1:16; 3:4, 9-12), a new heaven and earth (3:13) and entrance into the kingdom of Christ (1:11).

‘that’ This ‘so that’ gives the objective behind the giving of the promises. It denotes purpose. It is through the fulfilment of these promises (‘by these’) that believers gain two benefits, one positive and one negative:

1) They ‘participate in the divine nature (note the repetition of ‘divine’ – only in 1 Pet 1:3, 4 and Acts 17:39, translated ‘Godhead.’ This second abstract expression (see 3a) is a roundabout way of saying that God calls us to the destiny of eternal life with him. It does NOT mean that Christians will become demigods but that they will share some characteristics of God. Peter’s concern is moral transformation rather than divinisation. This participation in divine life is already under way in the present. As we live in communion with God we get to know him better, hear his word and live to please him.

2) By doing this they escape the corruption (corrupt, disordered way of life) that is in the world because of lust (passion, unbridled evil desire). The word ‘desire’ is in the singular, meaning ‘drive’. This process of spiritual growth / escape from corruption through knowledge of Christ and through his divine power will reach its consummation at his return. We do not need to depend on our resources or strength, according to verse 3a we have been given everything that we need.

1:5-11 A CALL TO SPIRITUAL MATURITY

‘And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; And to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; And to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins. Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall: For so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.’

[5] ‘And beside this’ i.e. for this very reason. This links back to what has been said about escape from corruption and participation in the divine nature. In view of what has been given to them the believers are to ‘make every effort’ (the verb occurs only here in the NT) to supplement ( ‘add’ epichorēgéō means ‘provide at one’s own expense’, i.e. supply) maturity. Peter lists a sequence of eight key virtues that they must expend strenuous effort to cultivate. These are arranged in seven pairs, with the second in each pair being repeated as the first in the next pair, thus forming a chain of development. This logical chain format is known as a ‘sorites’.

  1. faith, virtue
  2. virtue, knowledge
  3. knowledge, temperance
  4. temperance patience
  5. patience, godliness
  6. godliness, brotherly kindness
  7. brotherly kindness, charity

Virtue lists were a feature of Greek and Roman works on morality and the NT authors borrowed the form in order to present Christian content. There are other lists in the sorites format at: Rom 5:2-5; 8:30; 10:14; Jas 1:2-5. Other NT occurrences of virtue lists are at: 2 Cor 6:6; Gal 5:22-23; Phil 4:8; Col 3:12-15; 1 Tim 4;12; 6:11; 2 Tim 2:22; Tit 1:7-8; Jas 3:17-18.

  1. Faith – pístis – saving faith in God
  2. Virtue – aretḗ̄ – that which is pleasing to God, moral excellence
  3. Knowledge – gnṓsis – practical understanding of right from wrong (not the intense word epígnōsis of vv. 2,3, 8)
  4. Temperance – egkráteia – self-control, (perhaps aimed at the troublmakers of chapter 2)
  5. Patience – hupomonḗ– perseverance (perhaps aimed at those impatient as regards the parousia chapter 3)
  6. Godliness – eusébeia – piety, devotion (perhaps aimed at the false teachers who are ungodly 2:6; 3:7)
  7. Brotherly kindness – philadelphía – love for other Christians
  8. Charity – agápē – self-giving for the benefit of others,

[8-9] ‘For if these things be in you, and abound.’ If one truly is a Christian then these qualities ought to be manifested more and more. Without them the Christian life is fruitless.

‘be in you’ hupárchō This verb means to exist, to be present with someone ie. implies possession. Peter is saying ‘If they really possess these things, and have them in abundance this will prevent them from being: argós (a + érgon) without work, inactive, idle – and ákarpos ( a+ karpós) without produce, unfruitful – in respect of (eis) your knowledge of Christ.

Christians who lacks these qualities become blind and short-sighted (muōpázō – occurs only here in NT- we get our English word myopia from it). They are so near-sighted that they cannot see what they have received and also their future benefits. They are focused on the present. Peter also says that someone lacking these has forgotten the cleansing from his former sins and is likely to return to his previous way of life.

[10-11] ‘wherefore the rather’ i.e. ‘because of this’ – the encouragement and warning of vv.8-9 – they are to’ make all the more effort, be eager’ (1:15; 3:14) to confirm (make sure) their calling and election. Peter draws a conclusion. These ‘brethren’ (Christians are part of a family) are called and chosen by God, it is up to them to confirm this by living a life that matches it.

Calling and election (a word pair with little difference in meaning) are often combined in the New Testament: Mt 22:14; Rom 8:28-30; 1 Cor 1:26; 1 Pet 2:9; Rev 17:14.

[10b -11] If the readers do these things there is a promise in two parts, one negative and one positive.

negative: 1) ‘If you do these things you will never fall’

positive: 2) If you do these things you will receive a rich welcome into the eternal kingdom.’

‘these things’ As in v.8 and v.9 ‘these’ (taúta) are the qualities listed in vv.5-7.

‘will never fall’ (ptaíō) stumble, come to grief, trip up, go wrong. There is no suggestion of a loss of salvation here as salvation does not depend upon spiritual growth. Peter is saying that mature believers who pursue godliness will be preserved from sin (Jas 2:10; 3:2) ‘offend’).

[11] Those who do these things will be welcomed by Jesus into his eternal kingdom. This will be at the end of life, or possibly this is a reference to the Second Coming.

‘so’, thus, in this way. i.e by doing these things

‘abundantly’ – Emphasizes the kindness and generosity of God who provides a triumphal welcome.

‘eternal kingdom’ Mt 5:20; 7:21; Jn 3:5; Acts 14:22. The eschatological kingdom – final salvation. Dan 7:27; Lk 1:33; Rev 11:15. Peter may be emphasizing the permanence of Christ’s kingdom as contrasted with that of the emperor cult.

‘our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ’ Caesar was called Saviour as well as Lord. This expression only occurs in 2 Peter: here and at 2:20; 3:2, 18.

Posted in Latin loanwords

PRAETORIUM

PRAETORIUM

‘And the soldiers led him away into the hall, called Praetorium; and they call together the whole band.’ Mk 15:16

Greek: (πραιτώριον) praitṓrion

Latin: praetorium

English translation KJV: praetorium (Mk 15:16); common hall (Mt 27:27); hall of judgement (Jn 18:28a); judgement hall (Jn 18:28b, 33; 19:9; Acts 23:35); palace (Phil 1:13)

At Easter Christians recall the Passion (suffering) of Jesus Christ. This refers to the events of the last week of his life and includes his agony and arrest at Gethsemane, his religious and political trials, crucifixion, death, and burial. The four New Testament gospels have passion narratives but, since they each have their own emphasis, all do not include the same information. Only Luke, for example, tells us that Pilate adjourned the trial for a while and sent Jesus to Herod Antipas, the tetrarch of Galilee and Perea, who was in Jerusalem for the Passover at the time (Lk 23:6-12). The Fourth Gospel has the most dramatic detail of all; John sets the Passion in five locations:

A GARDEN (we know from Mt 26:36 and Mk 14:32 that the place was called Gethsemane) Jn 18:1-11

THE HOUSE OF ANNAS (the High Priest Caiaphas’s father-in-law) Jn 18:12-27

PILATE’S PRAETORIUM Jn 18:28-19:16

GOLGOTHA Jn 19:17-37

A GARDEN WITH A NEW TOMB Jn 19:38-42

The central location is Pontius Pilate’s praetorium at Jerusalem. Originally a ‘praetorium’ was the large tent of a praetor (a Roman military commander). This tent was the portable headquarters of an army in the field and within it was situated a platform on which was located a seat upon which the commander sat in order to administer justice and army discipline. The Praetorium was also used for councils of war. Gradually, as the Romans annexed conquered territories and installed either procurators or prefects (civil or military governors) in the Provinces, the term came to be applied to buildings which were official residences of the provincial governors.

The place where Jesus was tried by Pilate is called a ‘praitṓrion’ in the gospels of Matthew, Mark and John. This is a Latin loanword (praetorium) transliterated into Greek as πραιτώριον. Generally speaking, the Roman governors took up residence in the home of the displaced native ruler. The procurators of Judaea, although based in Caesarea, often moved temporarily to Jerusalem during Jewish festivals, to ensure the maintenance of law and order. The gospels do not identify the building or the location of Pilate’s residence there but, since it was on a hill (Mk 15:8 ‘ the crowd ‘came up’ to Pilate NIV, ESV, NASB) and inside the city walls (Mk 15:20 ‘led out’), the most likely building was the former palace of Herod the Great, which had been built on the west hill of Jerusalem in 25 BCE.

It was a large complex which included domestic wings, a famous ornamental garden and military barracks. If this was indeed the building then in front of it was a square called the Lithóstrōtos (pavement) and the Gabbatha (platform) in Jn 19:13. These were two different names, one Greek and one Aramaic, for the same place. The Greek name referred to the stone pavement and the Aramaic name to the platform which was also there; upon which stood the bḗma, Pilate’s judgement seat.

Herod’s son, the ethnarch Archelaus, had occupied the palace until he was deposed and exiled by the emperor Augustus in 6 CE, at which time his territories were annexed by the Romans to form the Province of Judaea. The building thus became available for use by the governors of the new province whenever they resided for short periods in Jerusalem. Their usual residence and the civic and military headquarters were located in Caesarea Maritima. We know from Acts 23:35 that a later Roman procurator, Marcus Antonius Felix (52 -60 CE), lived in Herod’s palace in Caesarea and that it too was known as a ‘praitṓrion.’

In the early morning (18:28a) Jesus was taken from the High Priest Caiaphas to the praetorium where Pilate was already up and at work. Pontius Pilate was the fifth governor of the Roman Province of Judaea, and held office for about ten years (26-36 CE). His predecessors were Coponius (6-9 CE); Marcus Ambibulus (9-12 CE), Annius Rufus (12-15 CE) and Valerius Gratus (15-26 CE). Pilate is mentioned in the New Testament but there is also good historical evidence for him in the writings of non-Christians such as Philo, Josephus and Tacitus. These authors are generally hostile towards Pilate but he must have been a competent administrator to have survived so long in the job.

Pilate has for many centuries been known as a Procurator of Judaea but the find of the Pilate Stone /Pilate Inscription in Caesarea Maritima in 1961 confirmed that his exact title was ‘Prefect’. A Procurator’s responsibilities were mainly civil (financial and administrative) but a Prefect was usually a military man and had additional powers. As a Prefect Pilate was the highest judge in Judaea and held the ius gladii (right of the sword), the authority to administer capital punishment without first consulting his immediate boss, the Legate of Syria, or the Roman emperor.

Pontius Pilate despised the Jews, which may have been why he was appointed to office in Judaea by the Supreme Prefect, Lucius Aelius Seianus, who actively pursued anti-Jewish policies in Rome. Pilate had several major conflicts with the Jews during his time in office. These included incidents involving: army flags, banners and insignia with the Emperor’s picture on them; the setting up of votive tablets to Tiberius in Herod’s palace in Jerusalem; the use of ‘corban’ funds from the Temple to finance construction of a new aquaduct for Jerusalem; the murder of a group of Galileans as they offered sacrifice in the Temple (Lk 13:1-2); and the slaughter of a crowd of Samaritans who had gathered at Mt. Gerizim hoping to witness a miracle.

Pilate’s treatment of the population during these incidents was excessively brutal and he lost his job in 36 CE as a result of the Samaritan affair. His superior, Lucius Vitellius, the governor of Syria, ordered him to Rome to account for his actions. Fortunately for Pilate, he arrived in Rome just after the death of Tiberius in 37 CE and there is no record of any action having been taken against him by the new emperor, Caligula. Later traditions say that he committed suicide, was executed or became an active Christian. A wealthy member of the Pontii family, it is more likely that he lived out the remainder of his life in retirement.

Pilate must have had his suspicions when approached by the Chief Priests with the rather odd request that he put to death a young, popular, Jewish rabbi called Jesus. The religious leaders, who had no love for the Romans, claimed to be acting out of loyalty to Rome by asking for Jesus’ execution for a political, rather than a religious, offence.

Pilate would have controlled a sophisticated network of spies in Judaea and have known that Jesus was not a political agitator. On the other hand, he was responsible for maintaining law and order in the province and Jerusalem was especially volatile at Passover time, when the Jews celebrated a release from bondage to the Egyptians. Someone claiming to be ‘King of the Jews’ was potentially troublesome and certainly a threat to Roman imperial interests. This matter had to be dealt with. The trial of Jesus by Pilate at the Jerusalem praetorium is recorded in all four gospels (Mt 27:11-31; Mk 15:2-20; Lk 23:2-25; Jn 18:28-19:16).

THE PROCEEDINGS AT PILATE’S JERUSALEM PRAETORIUM (Jn 18:28-19:16)

The section of John’s Gospel that deals with the trial of Jesus falls naturally into seven parts, all of them (except the fourth where it is implied) mentioning the action of Pilate as either entering or exiting the praetorium. Ironically the Jewish leaders, who were happily requesting that Pilate execute an innocent man, wished to remain ritually clean so that they could celebrate the Passover. They would not defile themselves by entering the praetorium of the Gentile Romans (18:28). Pilate therefore went back and forth to talk to them where they had gathered, presumably at a side entrance of the castle, just outside the praetorium compound. The action of the trial takes place both inside and outside the praetorium.

18:28-32 OUTSIDE THE PRAETORIUM ‘Pilate then went out unto them’ v.29

18:33-38a INSIDE THE PRAETORIUM ‘Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again’ v.33

18:38b – 40 OUTSIDE THE PRAETORIUM ‘And when he had said this, he went out again unto the Jews’ v38b

19:1-3 INSIDE THE PRAETORIUM

19:4-8 OUTSIDE THE PRAETORIUM ‘Pilate therefore went forth again’ v.4

19:9-11 INSIDE THE PRAETORIUM ‘And [Pilate] went again into the judgment hall’ v9

19:12-16 OUTSIDE THE PRAETORIUM ‘When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he brought Jesus forth’ v13

Pilate has gone down in history as the man who presided over the trial of Jesus and some of his words and gestures on that occasion are still well-known today. The expression ‘to wash your hands of’ originates from Pilate’s action signifying his denial of responsibility for the death of Jesus (Mt 27:24). His witticism ‘What is truth?’ is still relevant in today’s era of fake news. For some reason Pilate asked this of the only person who could give him the accurate definition of truth but intentionally did not wait for an answer (18:38). This was just one of several questions asked by Pilate during the course of the trial:

TEN QUESTIONS PILATE ASKED

‘What accusation bring ye against this man?’ (Jn 18:29).

‘Art thou the King of the Jews?’ (Mt. 27:11; Mk. 15:2; Lk 23:3; Jn 18:33, 37).

‘Am I a Jew? Thine own nation and the chief priests have delivered thee unto me: what hast thou done?’ (Jn 18:35).

‘Hearest thou not how many thing they witness against thee?’ (Mt. 27:13; Mk 15:4).

‘What is truth?’ (Jn 18:38).

‘Whence art thou?’ (Jn 19:9).

‘Speakest thou not unto me? knowest thou not that I have power to crucify thee, and have power to release thee?’ (Jn 19:10).

‘Whom will ye that I release unto you? Barabbas, or Jesus which is called Christ?” (Mt. 27:17, 21; Mk. 15:9; Jn 18:39).

‘What shall I do then with Jesus which is called Christ?’ (Mt. 27:22).

‘Why, what evil hath he done?’ (Mt. 27:23; Mk. 15:14; Luke 23:22).

The first question in the above list was addressed to the Lord’s Jewish religious accusers, the next six to the Lord himself and the last three to the hostile crowd. Of all the above questions the penultimate one has universal significance. It is a question that everyone must answer.

‘WHAT SHALL I DO THEN WITH JESUS WHICH IS CALLED CHRIST?’

This question is of the utmost importance because what you do with Jesus Christ is the greatest decision of your life. Your personal salvation and your eternal destiny depend upon it. The accounts in the gospels convey the reality that this trial of Jesus at the praetorium was indeed a momentous occasion. The religious leaders were there as the accusers. The Lord Jesus was there as the accused. The crowd was behaving like a jury. Pontius Pilate was the judge. Pilate knew that Jesus was innocent and did not deserve to die, and yet he did not want to annoy the crowd and create an incident at Passover time. Jesus of Nazareth had brought a crisis into his life and he had a choice to make. Would he choose his career or Christ? Was it to be Jesus Christ or Tiberius Caesar (Jn 19:12)?

Pilate must have known about Jesus of Nazareth from intelligence briefings. How often must that name have come up in discussions with his security council (cf. Acts 25:12)! Now, however, Jesus himself was standing before him. That day he was not dealing with a report, he was face to face with the person. Pilate wanted to do the right thing but was under extreme pressure. Does his dilemma sound familiar to you? Have you come face to face with the claims of Christ and wanted to do the right thing, but you have felt the pressure?

What would other people say? What would they do if you were to accept Christ, his claims, his person, his work and his salvation? Pilate discovered that the crowd was not going to make it easy for him to choose Christ, that those people were going to be satisfied with nothing less than his complete rejection of Jesus. He tried to evade the issue by making an appeal and offering an alternative but that backfired. Gradually (after about five hours, Jn 18:28; 19:14) it became clear in Pilate’s mind that inaction was no longer an option. A decision had to be made and so he asked the question: ‘What shall I do then with Jesus which is called Christ?’

Pilate viewed the evidence against Jesus and reached a firm conclusion. At least three times he publicly asserted: ‘I find no case against him!’ (Lk 23:4, 14, 22). How was it then that a short time later he heard himself sentencing Jesus to death by crucifixion? Pilate thus betrayed an innocent man. He asked the right question, ‘What shall I do then with Jesus which is called Christ?’ but gave the wrong response, for ‘he delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified’ (Mk 15: 15).

I deliberately wrote that Pilate ‘betrayed’ Jesus because ‘betrayed’ and delivered’ are translations of the same word. Paradídōmi (to hand over) is an important and significant word for the gospel writers and is used of the action of Judas Iscariot (Jn 6:71; 12:4; 13:2, 11, 21; 18:2, 5), the Jewish people (Acts 3:13), their religious authorities (Mt 27:2, 18; Jn 19:11) and Pontius Pilate (Mk 15:15; Jn 19:16) against Jesus Christ.

That day at the Jerusalem praetorium Pontius Pilate made his choice, but it was the wrong one. What, however, have you done with Jesus Christ? This is a personal matter, no-one else can answer that question for you. You must answer for yourself: ‘What shall I do then with Jesus which is called Christ?’

Jesus is standing in Pilate’s hall —

Friendless, forsaken, betrayed by all:

Hearken! what meaneth the sudden call?

What will you do with Jesus?

____________________

Jesus is standing on trial still,

You can be false to Him if you will,

You can be faithful through good or ill:

What will you do with Jesus?

____________________

Will you evade Him as Pilate tried?

Or will you choose Him, whate’er betide?

Vainly you struggle from Him to hide:

What will you do with Jesus?

____________________

What will you do with Jesus?

Neutral you cannot be;

Some day your heart will be asking,

‘What will He do with me?’

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BOOKS

Agamben, G. and Kotsko, A., 2015, Pilate and Jesus. Stanford, CA: Meridian

Bammel, E. and Moule, C. D. F., 1971, The Trial of Jesus: Cambridge Studies in Honour of C. F. D. Moule, London: SCM Press

Blinzler, J, 1959, The Trial of Jesus: the Jewish and Roman Proceedings against Jesus Christ Described and Assessed from the Oldest Accounts, Cork, Mercier Press

Bond, H. K., 1998. Pontius Pilate in History and Interpretation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press

Senior, D., 1991., The Passion of Jesus in the Gospel of John, Collegeville, Minn: Michael Glazier

Smallwood, E. M., 1976. The Jews under Roman Rule: From Pompey to Diocletian: A Study in Political Relations. Leiden: E J Brill

Watson, A., 2012., The Trial of Jesus, University of Georgia Press

JOURNAL ARTICLES

Bermejo-Rubio, F., 2019. Was Pontius Pilate a Single-Handed Prefect? Roman Intelligence Sources as a Missing Link in the Gospels’ Story. Klio, Vol. 101, No.2, pp. 505-542

Bindley, T. Herbert., 1904, ‘Pontius Pilate’ In The Creed, The Journal of Theological Studies, Vol. 6, No. 21, pp. 12-13

Bond, H. K., 1996, The Coins of Pontius Pilate: Part of an Attempt to Provoke the People or to Integrate them into the Empire?, Journal for the Study of Judaism in the Persian, Hellenistic, and Roman Period, Vol. 27, No. 3, pp. 241–262

Brown, S., 2015, What Is Truth? Jesus, Pilate, and the Staging of the Dialogue of the Cross in John 18:28-19:1 6a, CBQ, 77, pp. 68-86

Dusenbury, D. L., 2017. The Judgment of Pontius Pilate: A Critique of Giorgio Agamben. Journal of Law and Religion, Vol. 32, No.2, pp. 340-365

Ianovskaia, L., 2011. Pontius Pilate and Yeshua Ha-Nozri. Russian Studies in Literature, Vol. 47, No.2, pp.7-60

Liberty, Stephen., 1944, The Importance of Pontius Pilate in Creed and Gospel, The Journal of Theological Studies, Vol. 45, No. 177/178, pp. 38-56

Maier, P. L., 1971, The Fate of Pontius Pilate. Hermes, Vol. 99, No. 3, pp. 362–371

Szanton, N., Hagbi, M., Uziel, J. and Ariel, D., 2019., Pontius Pilate in Jerusalem: The Monumental Street from the Siloam Pool to the Temple Mount, Journal of the Institute of Archaeology of Tel Aviv University, Vol. 46, No.2, pp. 147-166

Taylor, J. E., 2006. Pontius Pilate and the Imperial Cult in Roman Judaea. New Testament Studies, Vol. 52, No. 4, pp. 555-582

Wise, H., 2004, In Defence of Pontius Pilate, Fortnight, No. 429, pp. 14–15

Wright, A., 2017. What Is Truth? The Complicated Characterization of Pontius Pilate in the Fourth Gospel, Review & Expositor, Vol. 114, No.2, pp. 211-219

Posted in Latin loanwords

CENSUS

Mt 17:25; Mt 22:17; Mk 12:14

Greek – (κῆνσος) kḗnsos

Latin – census

English – census

KJV translation – tribute

The recent arrival in the post of our UK Census 2021 instructions, for online completion of the questions by Sunday 21 March, reminded me that not only is our English word ‘census’ derived from the Latin ‘census’ but also that the same Latin word was loaned to Greek and occurs three times in the New Testament, translated ‘tribute.’

Census-taking is not a recent development. Governments have been attempting to collect information on their citizens for many thousands of years and censuses were taken in such diverse regions as ancient China, Egypt, Rome and Israel. Whereas modern census returns are used for planning the funding and delivery of education, infrastructure, health, security and other vital public services, the information collected in the ancient world was for the purposes of taxation and/or military service. Certainly these two reasons lay behind the censuses recorded in the Bible.

The Old Testament mentions census-taking by Joshua (Josh 8:10), and King Saul (1 Sam 11:8; 13:15; 15:4) but the most famous are the two censuses shortly after the Exodus in the 15th century BCE, the census taken by King David about 1000 BCE, the Roman census around the time of Christ’s birth and another mentioned in a speech by Gamaliel in Acts 5:36. The latter in 6 CE met with resistance led by Judas of Galilee.

The census records in scripture, unfortunately, have become the target of critical scholarship and there is controversy surrounding the details given in the biblical accounts. Should you wish to investigate them, much has been written and is readily available online via Google searches relating to topics like: census figures in the book of Numbers, King David’s census, the census under Augustus Caesar, the census of Quirinius, the Theudas problem.

It strikes me as interesting that although in Latin the word ‘census’ means ‘roll’ or ‘registration’ it seems from its three occurrences in the Greek New Testament (Mt 17:25; Mt 22:17; Mk 12:14) that the Jews in the Roman province of Judaea at the time of Christ did not use it in its original sense. They used the word kḗnsos, not for the registration upon which the tax was based but for the actual tax itself. The KJV therefore translates kḗnsos as ‘tribute’, some modern versions translate it as ‘poll-tax.’ That tax was the ‘tributum capitis’ (head-tax) that the Romans imposed on everyone whose name was on the census. It did not apply to Roman citizens but to the population of the provinces ruled by Rome. All males aged 14 to 65 and females aged 12 to 65 were liable, including slaves.

It was a flat rate personal tax of one denarius (a Roman silver coin) per head. The census figures were updated regularly and based on these the Romans calculated how much each tax district owed. These districts were groups of towns called toparchies. Once assessed the local authorities then had to pay the relevant amount to the Romans, who left it up to them to collect the money as they saw fit. The poll-tax was unpopular in the provinces because it brought home to the citizens in a personal way the fact that they were under the domination of a foreign regime.

The tax was particularly hated in Judaea, although, to some extent, it could be said that the Jews had only themselves to blame for it. After the death of Herod the Great in 4 BCE two of his sons, Antipas and Philip, each governed as tetrarch over a quarter of his kingdom. The remaining half, consisting of Judaea, Samaritis and Idumaea, was ruled by another son, Archelaus, as ethnarch. These kings, ruling as clients of Rome, were responsible for collecting the taxes in their own dominions.

The Herods were Idumeans (descendants of Edom) but were brought up as Jews. Although in league with Rome they had the sensitivity (not something for which the Herods are famous) to collect their taxes in local coinage which did not bear an image and was thus acceptable to Jews (Ex 20:4); unlike the Roman denarius which bore the image of the emperor. Archelaus was not a good ruler and for various reasons, including a marriage that was considered incestuous, was disliked by his subjects. The Jews therefore sent delegations to Rome complaining about Herod Archelaus, who was eventually summoned to Rome for investigation.

In 6 CE Archelaus was deposed by the emperor and died in exile less than ten years later. The Jews, however, got more than they bargained for because the Romans annexed Archelaus’s territory, bringing the districts of Judaea, Samaritis and Idumaea under their control as the Roman province of ‘Judaea.’

Direct rule from Rome brought Judaea under the Roman tax system, with its regular censuses and payment of the head-tax in Roman coinage. In 6 CE the first census was taken to determine the tax liability of the new province. This resulted in armed resistance organised by Judas of Galilee on the basis that it was not for people who regarded God as their only master to pay tax to the Roman emperor. The beginning of the Zealot movement is usually traced to this time.

When the Jewish religious leaders had their representatives ask Jesus the loaded question: ‘Is it lawful to give tribute unto Caesar or not?’ these recent events were still in everyone’s mind and the sensitive topic of the head-tax could easily have inflamed nationalistic and religious fervor.

RENDER THEREFORE UNTO CAESAR THE THINGS WHICH ARE CAESAR’S; AND UNTO GOD THE THINGS THAT ARE GOD’S’

In Matthew’s gospel the scene in which Jesus uttered those now famous words about payment of the tribute is set in one of several episodes where he is in conflict with the Jewish religious leaders. These are recorded in Matthew chapters twenty-one and twenty-two. They contain six controversy stories, among which are interspersed four parables. The stories, as already mentioned, are about conflict with the religious authorities. The parables also concern the religious leaders and are aimed at them. They illustrate the failure of the religious authorities to respond to the call of God through Jesus and predict the results of that failure.

THE SIX CONTROVERSY STORIES

21:12-17 Jesus asserts his authority by cleansing the Temple

21:23-27 The question which challenges Jesus’ authority

22:15-22 The question about payment of the poll-tax to the emperor

22:23-33 The questions about the resurrection

22:34-40 The question about the most important commandment

22:41-46 The question (asked by Jesus) about David’s Lord.

THE FOUR PARABLES

21:18-22 The destruction of the unfruitful fig tree

21:28-32 The two sons

21:33-46 The vineyard and the tenants

22:1-14 The wedding banquet and the guest without the proper garment

22:15-22 THE QUESTION ABOUT PAYMENT OF THE POLL-TAX TO THE EMPEROR

After Jesus had driven the traders from the temple the religious leaders had challenged him to state by what authority he had the right to do so. He had replied by asking them if John’s baptism was from heaven, or of men. They dared not answer as they had rejected John but the people thought highly of him. Although it was obvious to all that they knew the answer to the question, they replied that they did not know. This meant that the leading authorities publicly declared themselves unfit to pronounce judgement on a simple, clearcut matter. Jesus therefore refused to tell them by whose authority he had cleansed the Temple (21:27).

Having been made to look incompetent in their discussion with Jesus the Pharisees deliberately consulted (22:15) and laid plans as to how they might trap him in his talk. It is likely that they involved other groups, such as the Herodians (22:16) and the Sadducees (22:23), whom they normally opposed, in these discussions. It is interesting that often those who have no time for one another are willing to temporarily lay aside their differences and form a coalition against Christ and his teachings.

They therefore approached Jesus, armed with premeditated questions, and began by insincerely flattering him with words similar to those which Nicodemus (Jn 3:2) had used sincerely: “Teacher, we know that you are true and teach the way of God truthfully, and you do not care about anyone’s opinion, for you are not swayed by appearances” (ESV). They addressed him as ‘teacher’ but he knew that they had not come to him as to a rabbi for guidance on a topic of religious concern. Once they asked their question ‘Is it lawful to pay taxes to Caesar, or not?’ he said: ‘Why put me to the test, you hypocrites?’

They had been hoping for a Yes or No answer. If Jesus condemned the payment of the poll-tax to Caesar then they would accuse him of sedition and have him arrested by the Roman authorities for being a Zealot. If he said it ought to be paid then they could stir up the crowd against him, saying that as a collaborator with the oppressive occupying regime and its corrupt system of taxation he was a traitor to his own people and the Jewish religion. There was no loophole. They had him in a dilemma, he could not escape.

Instead of giving a Yes or No answer Jesus asked them to show him the coin that was the only legal tender for paying Roman taxes. Taking a silver denarius he used it as a visual aid, asking: ‘Whose is this image and superscription?’ They answered: ‘Caesar’s.’ Matthew does not tell us which emperor had struck the coin. It may have borne the engraved image of the then current emperor Tiberius Caesar, or perhaps that of his predecessor and stepfather, Caesar Augustus. If a coin of Tiberius it would typically have been inscribed in abbreviated Latin as follows:

[Obverse]

TI. CAESAR DIVI AVG. F. AVGVSTVS

Tiberius Caesar, Son of the Divine Augustus, himself Augustus

[Reverse]

TR. POT. XVII. IMP. VII.

Holder of the Tribunician Power for the Seventeenth Time, Hailed as Imperator (Victorious Commander) for the Seventh Time

Jesus said to them: ‘Render therefore unto Caesar the things which are Caesar’s; and unto God the things that are God’s’. It is then said that his questioners marvelled and left him. This was because it was a wise answer which identified two sets of priorities. Jesus was effectively asking them: ‘Who is Caesar and what does he demand?’ and ‘Who is God, and what does he demand?’ His words must have struck home to both groups that had come together to ask the question. The anti-Roman Pharisees were unwilling to render to Caesar the things that were Caesar’s, the power hungry and wealth-seeking Herodians who colluded with the Romans were refusing to render to God what belonged to God.

As we complete and submit our census forms let us remember that every one of us has a two-fold obligation – to Caesar (the state), and to God. These are not mutually exclusive, faithfulness as a Christian does not hinder obedience as a good citizen. Nor are they the same. Caesar assesses what we have. God claims what we are. Caesar’s image and superscription are on our coins, God’s image and superscription is stamped on our consciences. Caesar takes from what is ours, tax is a liability and not voluntary. God expects us to give him our all, it is voluntary and not obligatory. We owe Caesar loyalty and respect, we give God our worship and our service.

If only the Jewish leaders had taken on board the wise advice that Jesus gave on the subject of the poll-tax! The Jewish wars (66-73 CE), the destruction of Jerusalem and the downfall of the Jewish nation might never have come to pass. They failed to ‘render unto Caesar the things which are Caesar’s; and unto God the things that are God’s,’ and paid a terrible price (Lk 19:42-44).

Posted in General

ARE YOU A SAINT LIKE ST. PATRICK?

Sometime around 430 CE a sixteen year old Briton was kidnapped by Irish raiders near his home on the west coast, probably close to Dumbarton in Scotland. He was carried away to the north of Ireland and sold to a warrior chief, for whom he worked as a herdsman on the slopes of Slemish mountain near Ballymena, Northern Ireland. Although brought up in the faith Patrick had just been a nominal Christian up to that point in time. Poorly fed and badly treated by his master he began to think about God again and to pray to him regularly. Regretful that he had had little time for God before his capture he repented of his sins and turned to God with all his heart.

After six years of slavery Patrick became convinced that he heard a voice telling him that it was time to leave. He therefore made his escape and travelled to a port two hundred miles south where he boarded a ship bound for Gaul. Details are sketchy but it seems that he trained for the ministry on an island near Cannes before returning home to his family in Britain some years later. There, in a dream reminiscent of the one in which the Apostle received the Macedonian Call, Patrick received his own call to evangelize Ireland. In his dream he encountered a man called Victoricius who carried letters, one of which he read to Patrick. It began with the words: ‘The Voice of the Irish.’

Heeding the call, Patrick arrived in Ireland to find the country in a poor spiritual state. It was steeped in paganism and magic. Patrick travelled throughout the land preaching and teaching; concentrating his evangelistic efforts on the many warrior chieftains. Much of the opposition his mission encountered was from the Druids, a Celtic priestly caste. Having been a slave himself, Patrick was one of the first Christians to speak out against slavery and it is said that shortly after his lifetime the Irish slave trade came to an end. Patrick’s work as a missionary is significant for he was one of the earliest to take the gospel outside the bounds of what had been the Roman empire.

It is hard to separate fact from fiction as regards St. Patrick. Stories about him chasing the snakes from Ireland and illustrating the Trinity with a leaf of Shamrock may be myths but one thing is certain: Patrick was a saint. He has never been canonized by the Roman Catholic church, but that is not how one becomes a saint anyhow. Sainthood is not attained because of what we have done for others and because of what others think of us. We do not have to wait until we are long dead in order to achieve sainthood but we become saints while we are alive. Many of the New Testament epistles were written ‘to the saints.’ The authors were not writing to dead people but to congregations of Christian believers who were very much alive at the time. St. Patrick, like every other Christian believer, did not become a saint because of his good deeds but because he humbly acknowledged his state as a sinner in God’s sight and received Jesus Christ as his Saviour. Patrick wrote;

‘I am Patrick, a sinner, most unlearned, the least of all the faithful, and utterly despised by many…I was like a stone lying in the deep mire; and He that is mighty came and in His mercy lifted me up.’

Patrick journeyed throughout Ireland as an itinerant preacher of the gospel, not to become a saint but because he already was one. He loved the Lord Jesus Christ and wanted to share the good news of salvation with others. His prayer was: ‘Christ with me, Christ before me, Christ behind me, Christ in me…! Are you a saint like St Patrick? If not, then cease from trying to save yourself by your own efforts and instead receive as Saviour the Lord Jesus Christ who died for your sins. That is exactly what a sixteen year old boy in Ireland did almost sixteen hundred years ago, and immediately became a saint!

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTARY

2:18-25 SUBMISSION AT WORK

Servants, be subject to your masters with all fear; not only to the good and gentle, but also to the froward. For this is thankworthy, if a man for conscience toward God endure grief, suffering wrongfully. For what glory is it, if, when ye be buffeted — for your faults, ye shall take it patiently? but if, when ye do well, and suffer for it, ye take it patiently, this is acceptable with God. For even hereunto were ye called: because Christ also suffered for us, leaving us an example, that ye should follow his steps: Who did no sin, neither was guile found in his mouth: Who, when he was reviled, reviled not again; when he suffered, he threatened not; but committed himself to him that judgeth righteously: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree, that we, being dead to sins, should live unto righteousness: by whose stripes ye were healed. For ye were as sheep going astray; but are now returned unto the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls.

Slavery was an integral part of ancient society and many of those to whom Peter was writing would have been slaves. This meant that they were the property of their masters, who had absolute power over their lives. Christians believed that they were all one in Christ and that the everyday social distinctions around them did not apply (Gal 3:28; 1 Cor 12:13; Col 3:11; Philemon 8-18) in the church but real life was very different. Four New Testament books contain advice for Christian slaves (1 Cor 7:21; Eph 6:5-8; Col 3:22-25; Titus 2:9) and additionally 1 Tim 6:1-2 tells Timothy what to teach slaves. Before Christianity there had been much written advice to masters on how to manage, control and get the most out of slaves but no-one had ever written directly to slaves about how to be good slaves.

2:18 Peter here addresses household slaves (oikétēs) and instructs them to be submissive to their masters ‘with all fear.’ The fear is not towards the masters (3:14) but towards God (1:17; 2:17; 3:2; Eph 6:6). The submission is not to be dependent upon how they are treated but is to be shown not only to masters who are kind and fair but also to those who are awkward and hard to work with (skoliós – bent or warped).

2:19 -20 This submission is said to be a ‘grace’ (cháris), an act that God approves of. As his master’s property a slave could be ill-treated for no reason at all and had no legal recourse. The Christian slave is therefore encouraged to be patient even if beaten unjustly. Christian slaves are able to endure (put up with) such a beating because of their consciousness of God (a conscience informed by God) and their relationship to him, which will involve suffering. There is no glory (prestige, boasting, credit) in taking patiently a beating which they deserve because they have done wrong but to take patiently suffering when they ‘act rightly’ is a ‘grace’ (cháris is used again) with God. The word for beat (KJV buffet) means to ‘strike with the fist’ and is the same word used of the blows given to the Lord Jesus at his trial (Mt 26:67; Mk 14:65).

2:21 This submissive acceptance of ill-treatment is a grace (a fine thing) because that is what they have been called to and it is how Christ behaved. His suffering is the supreme example for believers, they are to follow after his tracks (a line of footprints). The word example (hupogrammós) occurs only here in the New Testament and refers to writing that a student would trace when learning the alphabet. The suffering includes Christ’s death (Mk 8:31; Lk 22:15; Acts 17:3; Heb 13: 12) which is said to be ‘on your behalf’. Strictly speaking this is irrelevant to the behaviour of the slaves. There is no suggestion that the slaves were to replicate very aspect of Christ’s suffering but Peter reminds them that they can expect to suffer unwarranted physical and verbal abuse and advises them to accept it without complaining.

2:22-25 Peter illustrates Christ’s example of submission by using a series of phrases (possibly from an early Christian hymn) based on the messianic passage Isaiah 52:13 – 53:12. These phrases refer back to ‘Christ’ in v.21. He is the ultimate example of innocent suffering. Notice the relative pronoun ‘who.’

‘who did not do sin nor was guile found in his mouth’ 2:22; Isa 53:9

Peter emphasizes Christ’s innocence: ‘who did no sin.’ This is also stressed elsewhere in New Testament:

  • ‘in him is no sin’ 1 Jn 3:5
  • ‘who knew no sin’ 2 Cor 5:21
  • ‘tempted yet without sin’ Heb 4:15; 7:26
  • ‘which of you convinceth me of sin?’ Jn 8:46
  • ‘no unrighteousness is in him’ Jn 7:18
  • ‘the prince of this world… hath nothing in me’ Jn 14:30

‘who when he was abused did not return abuse, when he suffered he did not threaten but handed himself over to the one who judges justly ‘ 2:23; (see 3:9a) Isa 53:7, also 53:6,12

Insults: Mk 14:65; 15:17-20, 29-32

Silence: Mk 14:61; 15:5; Lk 23:9

‘committed/entrusted’ Lk 23:46

‘himself’ There is no object of the verb, ‘himself’ is implied i.e. he committed his cause to the righteous judge, he knew he was innocent but left his vindication to God. He did not retaliate against his enemies.

Likewise Christians are not to retaliate but leave matters in God’s hands (Rom 12:17-20; 1 Thess 5:15; 1 Pet 3:9)

‘who himself bore our sins in his body on the tree…by whose bruise you have been healed’ 2:24; Isa 53:4, 12

2:24 ‘tree’ (xúlon) lit ‘wood’ The word cross (staurós) does not occur in 1 Peter. Peter also uses xúlon in Acts 5:30; 10:39; 13:29 and Paul uses it in Gal 3:13, quoting Dt 21:23 where it means ‘gallows.’

‘bore’ (anaphérō) Some would translate this ‘carried up our sins in his body to the tree’ as anaphérō is used in LXX (e.g. Lev 14:20) and in 1 Pet 2:5 of bringing a sacrifice to the altar. Against this is the fact that the New Testament does not generally view the cross as an altar (Heb 13:10?) and that the idea of having got to the cross is already in the phrase ‘on the tree.’

As in Isa 53 the bearing of sins involves putting them away by accepting the punishment for them.

‘in his body’ Christ endured the penalty our sins deserved as a man, i.e. as our representative.

The purpose of Christ’s death was that we might be dead to sins (apogínomai, have no part in, cease from) and live unto righteousness (high standard of moral behaviour 3:14).

2:24b-25a ‘by whose stripes ye were healed. For ye were as sheep going astray’ Peter again refers to Isaiah 53 but for the first person (we) in Isaiah he substitutes the second person (you) in order to apply it to the slaves he is addressing. They would have been familiar with bruises (discoloured swellings due to a blow from a fist or a whip) so Peter tells them that Christ had borne such brutal treatment without retaliating and as a result of his injuries sinful men have been restored to health.

2:25 As pagans they had wandered astray like sheep but now as Christians they have turned to the Shepherd and Guardian (epískopos, superintendent, overseer) of their souls. He is one whom they can trust to rule and protect them.

Shepherding and overseeing are linked together by the apostle Paul in his address to the Ephesian elders in Acts 20:28: ‘Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood.’

1Pet 2:21 The Suffering Shepherd

1 Pet 2:22 The Sinless Shepherd

1 Pet 2:23 The Submissive Shepherd

1 Pet 2:24 The Substitutionary Shepherd

1 Pet 2:25 The Seeking Shepherd (straying sheep returned- sheep have to be brought back)

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

.

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTARY

2:11-12 RELATIONS WITH NON-CHRISTIANS

Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; Having your conversation honest among the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evildoers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation.

2:11 This verse begins the second main section of the letter which is mostly exhortation (paraenesis) and advice to the believers of Asia Minor who were experiencing a time of trial. Peter, using the first person singular ‘I’ for the first time in the letter, addresses them as ‘beloved’ (dear friends) and ‘beseeches’ them. ‘beseech’ (parakaléō) Rom 12:1; 1Cor 1:10; 1 Thess 4:1.

He again (1:1) reminds them that they are outsiders and foreigners. The two words do not have quite the same meaning.

pároikos an alien. This is someone who has settled in a foreign country but retains the characteristics of his homeland.

parepídēmos temporary resident. This someone who makes a brief stay in a foreign country but has no intention of taking up permanent residence.

The apostle Paul wrote: ‘But our citizenship is in heaven, and from it we await a Saviour, the Lord Jesus Christ’ Phil 3:20 ESV

The author of Hebrews wrote: ‘For here have we no continuing city, but we seek one to come.’

In view of the fact that they are different from those around them, that they do not belong here, Peter exhorts them to ‘abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul.’

‘abstain’ see 1 Thess 5;22

‘lusts’ These are the passions (desires in a bad sense, cravings) of the flesh which assault the inner person in order to conquer it and divert it from living to please God. Peter uses the metaphor of war for this inward struggle. strateúomai wage war.

‘fleshly’ – having to do with man’s physical nature as a human being (1:24; 3:18; 4:1,6). The word is morally neutral.

The reason for avoiding these fleshly desires (‘which’ = ‘because they’) is that they war against the soul (psuchḗ, the spiritual part of human beings).

2:12 Peter has in mind immoral behaviour that would ruin their Christian testimony among their pagan neighbours. Having exhorted negatively in v.11 he now puts it positively: ‘see that your lifestyle (cf. Jam 3:13) among the pagans is good.’ Throughout the New Testament Christians are advised to be well thought of by their neighbours (Mt 5:16; Col 4:5; 1 Cor 10:32; 1 Thess 4:12; 1 Tim 3:7; 5:14; 6;1; Tit 2:5-10; 1 Pet 2:15; 3:1, 16).

‘So that ‘whereas’ (in cases where) they speak against you as evildoers’ would suggest that at least some of these believers were under suspicion and that their situation could become perilous.

‘behold’ is a present participle These non-Christians were observing the believers in a continuous or ongoing basis.

‘the day of visitation (episkope)’ This is probably a reference to the Day of Judgement (LXX Isa 10:3). The result of the inquest into how a person has behaved may be punishment (Jer 6:15; 10:15; 11:23). Even if they remained unconverted those vilifying the believers would glorify God on that day.

‘good works’ `Peter refers to ‘doing good’ several times in this letter (2:14-15, 20; 3:6, 17; 4:19) and to ‘conduct’ (1:15, 18; 2;12; 3:1;16).

Although not the main thought here, Peter may have hoped that the good conduct of the believers might lead unbelievers to faith in Christ, he certainly hoped that in the case of wives with pagan husbands in 3:1.

2:13-17 SUBMISSION TO GOVERNMENT

Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake: whether it be to the king, as supreme; Or unto governors, as unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for the praise of them that do well. For so is the will of God, that with well doing ye may put to silence the ignorance of foolish men: As free, and not using your liberty for a cloak of maliciousness, but as the servants of God. Honor all men. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honor the king.’

From 2:13 – 3:12 Peter, giving practical examples of the ‘good works ‘ of v.12, outlines short codes of behaviour for different classes or groups of people. This was not unusual at that time as the Stoics (e.g. Hierocles, On Duties) set down short codes as to how one ought to behave and manage one’s life. Similar codes are found in the writings of the apostle Paul (Eph 5:21- 6:9; Col 3:18 – 4:1; 1 Tim 2:8-15; Titus 2:1-10).

2:13 The advice starts with a general statement ‘submit yourselves to every human creature.’

‘on account of the Lord’ The same idea is repeated at the beginning of v.15.

hupotássō This means ‘to be subordinate’ or ‘set oneself under’. Christians are to ‘line up under authority;’ willingly choosing to obey others. This verb is used again to slaves (2:18), to wives (3:1), and to young people (5:5).

ktísis this word means ‘creation’ or ‘creature,’ not ‘institution’ as it is sometimes translated by those who view the ‘thing created as having been created by man. The ‘all men’ in v.17 would confirm that it is God’s creatures that are in view rather than a human institution like the Roman empire. The point is that the Christian way of life is not based on self-assertion but on voluntary subordination to others. Having made this general point Peter now moves to the particular:

‘to the emperor as sovereign’

The first example Peter gives is the emperor (secular human authority). Basileús was a title of the emperor (‘king’ Jn 19:15; Acts 17:7; Rev 17:10, 12), or, in the east of the empire, the client kings Rome permitted to reign e.g. in Egypt, Palestine, Syria, Pergamum.

The emperor is said to be ‘supreme’ i.e. superior, highest. Although the emperor was the highest ranking human being at the time the Christians were to obey him, not because his power demanded it, but because it pleased God (‘for the Lord’s sake’).

2:14 ‘or to governors under his commission’

hēgemṓn This term would cover imperial officials like governors, consuls, legates, prefects, and ambassadors as well as pro-consuls and procurators who administered less important provinces like Thrace and Judaea.

The role of the government is to mete out justice to criminals and to look approvingly on good citizens. For a Christian’s relations with the government see also Rom 13:1-7; 1 Tim 2:1-4; Tit 3:1-2.

2:15 Peter amplifies what he has said.

‘so’hoútōs thus or in this way. This could refer either back or forward. It probably refers backward as the same word (‘after this manner’) in 3:5 refers back. It is God’s will that Christians obey the government and are among those who do good.

‘well-doing’ agathopoiéō to do what is honourable or upright. Their good works would silence (muzzle 1 Tim 5:18) their detractors. This word phimóō is used metaphorically (Mt 22:34; Mk 1:25; 4:39; 1 Cor 9:9).

‘ignorance’ That the Christians are slandered and misrepresented is because of ignorance on the part of foolish (unbelieving and arrogant) men.

2:16 This verse is a paradox: ‘as free…as God’s slaves.’

‘as free’ eleútheros This nominative adjective sits on its own here with no verb. The NIV translates it as ‘Live as people who are free.’ Although some of them are slaves (v.18f) to an earthly master, all those who whom Peter is writing have been freed by Jesus Christ (Jn 8:31-36; Rom). Although free they must not abuse this liberty so that it becomes licence and ‘a covering for wickedness.’

Those who are literally slaves are God’s slaves first and foremost and those who are literally free are also God’s slaves. They are all God’s slaves because it is he who has redeemed them (1:18).

Freedom in Christ – Mt 17:26; Lk 4:18-21; Jn 8:32; Rom 8:2; 1 Cor 7:22; 2 Cor 3:17; Gal 5:1.

2:17 This is a summary verse. The Christian’s social responsibilities are summed up in four injunctions. The first of these imperatives is in the aorist tense, the other three in the present tense. This change of tense may perhaps indicate that the last three are elaborating the first.

‘Honour all’ – obligation to society – social. Christians are to show respect to everyone, i.e people in general. This includes not only other Christians but also pagans and Jews.

Christians are to honour:

  • God 1 Tim1:17
  • One another Rom 12:10
  • Those in authority Rom 13:7
  • Those least esteemed 1 Cor 12:23-24
  • Parents Eph 6:2
  • Wife 1 Pet 3:7
  • Elders 1 Tim 5:17
  • Employer 1 Tim 6:1
  • Needy widows 1 Tim 5:3

‘Love the brotherhood’ – obligation to fellow-Christians – ecclesiastical. The word ‘brotherhood’ (adelphótēs) occurs only here and at 5:9.

  • Brotherly love is evidence of salvation: Jn 13:35; 1 Thess 4:9; 1 Jn 4:21; 3:14.
  • Brotherly love is seen in action: Rom 12:10; 1 Jn 3:17; Philemon 7.
  • Brotherly love must continue Heb 13:1.

‘Fear God’ – Obligation to God – spiritual. God is to be reverenced and deeply respected as the ultimate authority, in a religious sense.

‘Honour the emperor’ – obligation to the state – political. The emperor was to be loyally respected, in a non-religious sense (Rom 13:7). See Rom 13:1; 1 Tim 2:1-2.

A Christian who respects everyone, loves other Christians, fears God and submits himself to civil authorities will be a good witness for Jesus Christ.

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTARY

2:4-10 THE CHOSEN STONE AND A CHOSEN GENERATION

‘To whom coming, as unto a living stone, disallowed indeed of men, but chosen of God, and precious, Ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ. Wherefore also it is contained in the scripture, Behold, I lay in Zion a chief corner stone, elect, precious: and he that believeth on him shall not be confounded. Unto you therefore which believe he is precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the builders disallowed, the same is made the head of the corner, And a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offense, even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient: whereunto also they were appointed. But ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of him who hath called you out of darkness into his marvelous light: Which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God: which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy.’

2:4 Peter now starts a new section and comes to his main point (vv. 9-10) that the Christian believers, who have been born again and have thus come into a new relationship with God, are members of a new community. They are ‘God’s people’ (v.10).

‘to whom coming’ Some see this as a reference to Psa 34:5 which in LXX reads: ‘Come to him and be enlightened.’

The one to whom they are to come is called a ‘living stone.’ lithos a selected and hewn, not rough like petros. That this is Christ is obvious from vv. 6-8 where Old Testament passages containing the word ‘stone’ are interpreted Christologically.

In the New Testament the church is represented by different metaphors. For example, it is:

  • A Body – 1 Cor 12:12-27
  • A Bride – Eph 5:25
  • A Brotherhood – 1 Pet :17
  • A Building – M6 16:18; 1 Cor 3:11; 1 Pet 2:5

Peter says several things about Jesus as a stone:

  • He is a living stone (v.4).
  • He is a cornerstone (vv.6-7).
  • He is a rejected stone (v. 4, 7).
  • He is a stumbling stone (v.8).

All seven occurrences of the stone imagery in the New Testament identify Jesus Christ as the stone (Mt 21:42-44; Mk 12:10-11; Lk 20:17-18; Acts 4:11-12; Rom 9:32-33; Eph 2:20-22; 1Pet 2:4-8).

Jesus the living stone has been rejected by human beings but is chosen and precious in God’s sight. Peter asserts this by drawing from two Old Testament verses.

Psa118:22 (which he quotes in full in v.7). This was originally said of Israel, which was insignificant in the view of greater world powers but was chosen by God. On an earlier occasion Peter had cited this quotation in his preaching as a prophecy of Christ’s crucifixion by men and his subsequent resurrection and glorification. Jesus himself had used it in his preaching (Mk 12:10).

Isa 28:16. He goes on to quote this verse in full in v.6.

2:5 ‘ye also’ The same imagery of the ‘stone’ is now applied to the believers, Peter thus links them with the once rejected but now glorified Lord Jesus Christ, ‘living’ may have the idea of resurrection. The contrasting ideas of social exclusion and divine selection feature strongly throughout this section.

‘a spiritual house’ oíkos This word can mean ‘household’ (Acts 10:2; 12:14; 16:15; 1 Cor 1:16; 2 Tim 4:19) but, given the mention of stones, the main thought is house (e,g.Mt 21:13; Lk 11:51), possibly a temple (dwelling place of God, cf. 1 Cor 3:9-17; 2 Cor 6:16). The word ‘house’ can be seen embedded in the verb ‘are built up’ (oikodomeō). The one who is building is God, this is clear from the words ‘to whom coming’ in v4. Some translations take the verb as imperative and translate the verse something like: ‘allow yourselves to be built up.’ The point is that the believers are being embedded into the house by God.

See related ideas in Mt 16:18; Mk 14:58; 15:29; Jn 2:19; Acts 7:48; 18:24; 2 Cor 6:16; Eph 2:20-22; 1 Tim 3:15; Heb 3:2-6; 10:21.

‘spiritual’ This house has been brought into existence by the Holy Spirit and, unlike the material Temple in Jerusalem, will last forever, (cf. Acts 7:48, 17:24).

‘an holy priesthood’ The image changes from the building to those who serve in the building, offering worship i.e. the priesthood. Note that all Christians are viewed here as a body (college, fraternity, hierarchy?) of priests (also v.9). Do all have an equal degree of priesthood? There is no idea here of a separate caste of ordained priests. ‘Holy’ – separated, emphasizes the fact that they are God’s people.

‘spiritual sacrifices’ All Christians exercise priestly functions (see Isa 66:21). Note the repetition of ‘spiritual’ in this verse. The temple is spiritual and so are the sacrifices. These contrast with the material sacrifices that were offered by the Jews and by the pagans. True spiritual worship is dedicating oneself to the Lord, prayer/praise, thanksgiving and sharing e.g. Rom 12:1; Eph 5:2; Phil 4:18; Heb 13:15-16.

Later Old Testament writers were moving towards the idea of worship as spiritual e.g. Psa 50:14; 51:16-19; Psa 69:30-31; Psa 141:2; Hos 6:6; Mic 6:6-8.

‘acceptable to God by Jesus Christ’ This worship meets with Gods approval. Does ‘through Jesus Christ’ relate to the verb ‘offer’ or the adjective ‘acceptable?’ It probably refers to the latter. Having emphasized the unity and purpose of believers Peter quotes from the LXX the three Old Testament verses that contain the imagery of the stone (Psa 118:22-23; Isa 8:14-15; 28:16). Two of them he has already alluded to in v. 4.

2:6

Isaiah 28:16 ‘Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD, Behold, I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone, a tried stone, a precious corner stone, a sure foundation: he that believeth shall not make haste.’

THE STONE PLACED IN ZION

Isaiah was addressing the rulers of Judah which was under threat of Assyrian attack during the reign of Hezekiah c. 715-697 BCE. It eventually took place in 701 BCE. The leaders spurned Isaiah’s advice and allied with Egypt. He reprimanded them for trusting in false gods, military prowess and political alliances rather than in God. Their true safety lay in confidence in God. All that they needed could be found in Sion.

The Hebrew original says ‘will not be in haste’ i.e. will not have to flee. The LXX says ‘he who has faith in it will not be put to shame’ i.e. will not be disappointed. The precious corner stone to be laid in Zion was thought to be a great king and was this passage was therefore regarded by Jews as a messianic prediction. The early Christians viewed it as a Christological prediction, Jesus Christ being that promised Messiah. They would have associated ‘living’ v.4 with his resurrection.

2:7

Psa 118:22 ‘The stone which the builders refused is become the head stone of the corner.’

THE REJECTED BUT HONOURED CORNER STONE

Peter applies this to the Christians. Christ was precious to them because they believed; faith being the key issue here. The persecutors lack faith (are disobedient, refuse belief – see also 3:1; 4:17) but the stone that they have rejected will be made the head of the corner. The honour will belong to the Christians, contrasts with the shame of v.6.

2:8

THE STONE OF STUMBLING

Isa 8:14 ‘And he shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem.

The stone becomes an obstacle over which those who do not believe stumble and fall. They would trip over it and fall headlong to destruction. Isaiah was saying that for those who trust in him the Lord (the stone or rock) will be a refuge. Peter uses the prophet’s words to pick up on what will happen to those who do not believe. By being disobedient to the word (message of the gospel) they reject Christ and therefore stumble and sin. No-one can step round or over the stone, everyone who encounters Christ has a decision to make; whether to believe in him or reject him. One brings salvation, the other destruction.

For those who reject him, Peter says this is ‘the lot to which (eis ho) they were appointed. Is the appointment to disbelief or is it to retribution as a consequence of rejecting Christ? Jobes (2005) comments:

‘Rejection of Christ does not excuse one from the purview of God; rather, it confirms that one has not (yet) been born again into the living hope of which Peter speaks. This is not to say that Peter teaches that those in disobedience to the word at one point in time are forever excluded from the hope of salvation. To the contrary, he admonishes his readers to live in such a way as to persuade unbelievers to accept the gospel of Christ (e.g., 2:12; 3:1). However, ultimate destiny rests on whether one eventually accepts God’s mercy as extended in Christ. Those who persist in their rejection of the gospel of Jesus Christ will inevitably find themselves themselves shamed by the ultimate judgment of God.’

In these verses about the stone it seems that Peter is not particularly concerned with where the stone is placed, his main point is that it is both chosen and honoured. In v.6 it is a foundation stone (chief corner stone), in v.7 it is a keystone (up high), in v.8 it is on the ground.

2:9-10 THE PEOPLE OF GOD

‘But ye’ Peter leaves the thought of what will happen to those who reject Christ and returns to his main concern; the Asian believers who have believed in Christ. The words ‘you, however’ is emphatic. They will not be ashamed, they will share in Christ’s honour. Peter uses titles of Israel, God’s chosen people, to describe the Christians. Again he picks up on the idea of them having been chosen.

Peter conflates Exodus 19:6 (‘and you shall be to me a kingdom of priests and a holy nation’) and Isa 43:20 in LXX (‘my chosen race, the people which I have made my possession to declare my mighty deeds’).

  • a chosen race – a race descended from a common ancestor – he views Christians as forming a new race of people.
  • a royal priesthood – these are two nouns beside each other without adjectives; basíleion is neuter and means ‘a royal residence’ or ‘capital’, it can denote sovereignty, crown, monarchy or palace. hieráteuma is priesthood. Often they are translated as an adjective and a noun i.e ‘royal priesthood.’ If translated separately then ‘a royal house and a priesthood’ (see Rev 1:6).
  • a holy nation – a people set apart for God.
  • a people for God’s special possession (cp. Mal 3:17)

‘shew forth the praises’ (aretḗs) means either virtues (moral qualities) or the ability to perform mighty deeds and miracles. Here it is the manifestation of God’s power in his savings acts (Acts 2 :11). Peter is alluding to Isaiah 43:21 but in the middle of v. 9 used the second person plural (‘you’) to apply the quotation to his readers.

‘him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light’ The contrast between darkness and light is a reference to their conversion (‘called’ 1 Pet 1:15; 2:21; 3:9; 5:10). It is a new act of creation (cp Gen 1:1-5, Ron 4:17; 2 Cor 4:6). It is always God the Father who calls.

For ‘darkness’ see Rom 13:12; Eph 5:14; Heb 6:4; 10:32.

For ‘light’ see Jn 12:35; Acts 26:18; Eph 5:8; Col 1:12; 1 Thess 5:5; 1 Jn 1:5-2:11.

  • Identification v. 9 – we are to think of ourselves as a chosen race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation and a peculiar people.
  • Intention – v.9 that we should proclaim God’s praises – evangelise.
  • Intervention – v.10 not a people, without mercy (the past), now God’s people, have obtained mercy (the present)
  • Imperative – v.11 abstain from fleshly lusts

2:10 Notice the two-fold occurrence of ‘once —– but now’ in this verse.

Once ‘not a people’ —– now ‘God’s people.’

Once ‘without mercy’ —– now ‘have obtained mercy.’

Peter here conflates several texts from the prophecy of Hosea which have to do with the God-given but unusual names for Hosea’s children by Gomer. One was called Lo-ammi (Not-my-people), another was named Lo-ruhamah (Who-has-not-received-mercy. The relevant texts are:

‘Then said God, Call his name Lo-ammi [Not-my-people]: for ye are not my people, and I will not be your God.’ Hosea 1:9

‘Yet the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the sea, which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not my people, there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God.’ Hosea 1:10

‘And she conceived again, and bore a daughter. And God said unto him, Call her name Lo-ruhamah [Who-has-not-received-mercy]: for I will no more have mercy upon the house of Israel; but I will utterly take them away.’ Hosea 1:6

‘And I will sow her unto me in the earth; and I will have mercy upon her that had not obtained mercy; and I will say to them which were not my people, Thou art my people; and they shall say, Thou art my God.’ Hosea 2:23

Hosea was prophesying that God’s people (Israel) were no longer functioning as his special possession because they had rejected him and worshipped false gods. They would therefore be sent into exile. Hosea, however, also prophesied that there would be a future restoration. This was traditionally thought to predict a future restoration of Israel but Peter here interprets that as having been fulfilled in the conversion to Christ of the Christians of Asia Minor. Through accepting the gospel, they had become God’s people, that was their new identity in Christ.

N.B. the apostle Paul also conflates Hos 2:23 and Hosea 1:10 in Romans 9:25-26. The two New Testament authors use the texts in different ways, also Paul quotes a version which read ‘who was not beloved’ instead of ‘who had not received mercy.’

See my comments on Rom 9:6-29

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

‘ALL ISRAEL’: THE CHURCH, THE NATION OR THE REMNANT?

A Critical Analysis of Paul’s use of ‘All Israel’ in Romans 11:26

INTRODUCTION

Having completed three missionary journeys to the East the Apostle Paul began to turn his attention towards the West (Romans 15:24, 28), thus necessitating a change of base from Antioch to Rome. Since he had not founded the Roman church he wrote and sent a letter introducing himself and mentioning his forthcoming visit. Wishing to enlist their prayerful support for his planned trip to Spain (15:24-30) he outlined his theological position (1:16-11:36). It seems that Paul was aware of disunity in the church at Rome caused by Gentile arrogance towards the Jewish believers so in the letter he also addressed some of the practical issues in the Roman congregations.


BACKGROUND

In the first eight chapters Paul set out God’s plan of redemption in Jesus Christ. In the early days of the church it seemed as though Jewish people were very responsive to the gospel about Jesus Christ (Acts 2:41, 4:4) but their leaders opposed the message and before long persecution of the church began, with many believers scattering across the Roman Empire (Acts 8:1-4). Gentiles began to convert to Christianity while the Jews were opposed to it. Although Jesus was a Jew, his own people had generally rejected him as saviour. The Christians at Rome must have wondered what would happen to the promises God had made to Israel. Would God go back on his word? Would Israel be rejected forever in favour of a church composed largely of Gentiles? Could God’s redemptive plan be complete without Israel?
This problem of Jewish hostility had much more at stake than just what would happen to the promises to Israel. In question was the reliability of God’s word and his ability to bring his plans to fruition. Dunn (2006, p.501) observes:


‘What was at stake was nothing less than God’s own integrity, the faithfulness of God. How could Paul offer God’s covenant righteousness so freely to Gentiles without calling in question God’s covenant with Israel? And if God’s purpose for Israel had been so frustrated, what assurance did that give to Christian believers?’


Munck (1967, p.34) similarly assesses the significance of the problem:


‘The unbelief of the Jews is not merely a missionary problem that concerned the earliest mission to the Jews, but a fundamental problem for all Christian thought in the earliest church. Israel’s difficulty is a difficulty for all Christians, both Jewish and Gentile. If God has not fulfilled his promises made to Israel, then what basis has the Jewish-Gentile church for believing that the promises will be fulfilled for them?’


Paul sets out to address these issues, and to insist on the integrity of God’s dealings with Israel, in Romans 9-11. Thus these chapters are not a parenthesis in the letter but their content is central to Paul’s argument. Paul defends the righteousness of God in his dealings with Israel, arguing that God has spared the nation in the past (chapter 9), has provided salvation for it in the present (chapter 10) and will work out his plans for it in the future (chapter 11).


BACKGROUND TO ROMANS 11:26


Hunter (1955, p.99) says of chapter 11:


‘We now reach the third stage in Paul’s ‘theodicy’. In chapter 9 he argues: ‘God is sovereign and elects whom he wills.’ In chapter 10 he says: ‘This is not the whole truth. God’s judgement on Israel is not arbitrary, for in fact the Jews’ own disobedience led to their downfall.’ But he cannot rest in this sad conclusion, and therefore in chapter 11 he goes on to say, ‘This is not God’s last word. Israel is not doomed to final rejection. Her temporary lapse forms part of God’s great plan. Through Israel’s lapse the Gentiles have found salvation. And Gentile acceptance of the gospel is meant to so move the Jews to jealousy (at seeing their own promised blessings in Gentile hands) that they will ultimately accept what they now reject. And so all Israel will be saved.’


Paul raises the issue of the rejection of Israel in 11:1 and denies such a suggestion. In verses 2-6 he mentions the concept of a remnant and in verses 7-10 speaks of ‘the rest’ of Israel which has been ‘hardened’ (11:7). He (vv.2-6) refers to the OT story of Elijah and sees in this a pledge of what is to happen at ‘the present time’, thus indicating the existence of a contemporary remnant, proving that God had not totally rejected his people. He contrasts faith and works (11:6), concluding that salvation is by grace and not by human effort. In vv. 7-10 the spiritually insensitive bulk of Israel, ‘the rest’, are said to be ‘hardened’, a state which Paul attributes to an act of God. As ‘proof’ that that was God’s intention for Israel Paul combines and modifies two OT quotations (Deut. 29:4, Psalm 69:22-23) which contain the phrase ‘eyes that they could not see’ (11:8,10). These he presents as evidence of an intentional ‘hardening’ by God, deliberately punishing the Jews for persistent unbelief. At this stage such a pessimistic note would seem to confirm the suggestion raised in verse one that God has rejected his people.


Despite painting this bleak picture of the Jews’ situation Paul strikes a note of optimism. They had indeed stumbled, but he insists that they had not fallen beyond recovery. Verse 11a identifies the key issue: ‘Is Israel’s rejection final? Having already said (11:1-10) that Israel’s rejection is not total, he now argues that Israel’s rejection is not final (11:11-24) and that restoration is a certainty (11:25-32). Paul has strong words of warning for Gentile believers at Rome who seemed proud that they had received salvation while the Israelites, with the spiritual advantage of the covenants and the promises, had rejected it. Wright (1991, p.247) conjectures as to the reasons for this Gentile attitude and Paul’s annoyance:


‘It is at this point, I believe, that Paul addresses one of the key issues of the entire letter. His mission, he has emphasized from the outset, is ‘to the Jew first and also to the Greek’. He suspects that the Roman church … is only too eager to declare itself a basically gentile organisation perhaps, (and this can only be speculation, but it may be near the mark) in order to clear itself of local suspicion in relation to the capital’s Jewish population, recently expelled and more recently returned. But a church with a theology like that would not provide him with the base that he needs for his continuing mission, in Rome itself and beyond. It would result, as Paul sees only too clearly in light of his Eastern Mediterranean experience, in a drastically split church, with Jewish and Gentile Christians pursuing their separate paths in mutual hostility and recrimination. Instead, in this section and in vv.17-24 he argues with great force that Jews can still be saved, and indeed that it is in the interests of a largely gentile church not to forget the fact.’


Paul must have thought that the Gentile believers at Rome were wondering why the apostle to the Gentiles was devoting such attention to a discussion of the Jews. He tells them (11:13) that he sees his mission to the Gentiles as important for the salvation of Jews. He wanted to ‘exalt’ (11:13) his ministry to the Gentiles in order to move some of his own people to jealousy and bring about their conversion. He warns them against spiritual pride, telling them that the rejection of the gospel by the Jews meant ‘riches for the world’ and that their acceptance would mean ‘life from the dead’.


Employing a metaphor of an olive tree to represent the Jews Paul imagined cultivated branches being broken off (unbelieving Jews) and wild olive branches (Gentiles) being grafted in. He warns the Gentiles that they had not replaced the branches that were broken off and suggests that by trusting in their own efforts they likewise could be broken off. Paul is optimistic (v23) stating that if the Jews believe, they could be grafted back into their own olive tree.


Still addressing Gentile believers, he (11:25-32) describes God’s dealing with Israel as a ‘mystery’ which includes the fact that a ‘hardening’ has come on the unbelieving Israelites. This hardening would end with the completion of the Gentile mission (v25), ‘and so all Israel will be saved’ (v26).


The purpose of this paper is to present a critical analysis of the salvation of ‘all Israel’ in Romans 11:26.Various interpretations have been posed for ‘all Israel’ but most are found, upon analysis, to be variations of one of the following three: the church, the nation or the remnant.


MAJOR ISSUES

Two major interpretative issues relating to verse 26 immediately present themselves. The first is the meaning of ‘all Israel’. Does it refer to ethnic Jews or to the Church (all believers both Jew and Gentile)? The second is the time and manner of Israel’s salvation. Is it a long term process in tandem with the salvation of Gentiles in this era or an eschatological event that will occur in the future and only after the full number of Gentiles has come in? If the latter, will it inaugurate the eternal state or will it usher in the Millennial Kingdom? The disagreement on these issues over the years has led Moo (1996, p.719) to describe the opening words of v.26 as ‘the storm center in the interpretation of Romans 9-11 and of the NT teaching about the Jews and their future.’ The fundamental question is whether Israel has a place in God’s future plans or has instead been replaced by the Church. This paper will therefore seek to examine the three main views on the subject in an attempt to ascertain the identity of ‘all Israel’, the time of all Israel’s salvation and the way in which it is achieved.

‘ALL ISRAEL’ AS THE CHURCH

Some theologians understand ‘all Israel’ in Romans 11:26 to be the Church, which they view as the new spiritual Israel composed of Jews and Gentiles. This treats the phrase as a metaphor and was the view expressed by Calvin (1836, p.475) who maintained:


‘I extend the sense of the word Israel to the whole people of God, and thus interpret it:- When the gentiles shall have entered into the Church, and the Jews, at the same time, shall betake themselves to the obedience of faith…the salvation of the whole Israel of God, which must be collected from both, will thus be completed.’


More recently this is the position held by Barth (1968) and also by Wright (1991, p.250) who asserts:


‘What Paul is saying is this. God’s method of saving ‘all Israel’ is to harden ethnic Israel (cp.9.14 ff.), i.e., not to judge her at once, so as to create a period of time during which the gentile mission could be undertaken, during the course of which it remains God’s will that the present ‘remnant’ of believing Jews might be enlarged by the process of ‘jealousy’, and consequent faith, described above. This whole process is God’s way of saving his whole people.’


Both Calvin (‘the whole people of God’) and Wright (‘his whole people’) make a valid point that fits with the occasional nature of the Roman epistle. The Roman church was divided and part of Paul’s purpose in writing the letter was to call for unity; a unity that would doubtless serve his own short-term goals but that would also advance the mission of the whole Christian church. Bruce (2000, p.389) comments:


‘Paul was certainly aware of differences in attitude and practice which might set up tensions if brotherly consideration were not exercised; that is why he urges all the groups so earnestly to give one another the same welcome as they had all received from Christ, “for the glory of God”. Thus a sense of spiritual unity would be fostered.’

The readership/audience would have noticed the verbal marker (‘I do not want you to be ignorant…, brothers,’ 11:25)) that introduced the statement ‘all Israel will be saved’ and would have thought back to the opening greeting (‘I do not want you to be unaware, brothers’ 1:13). This formula in Romans 1:13 precedes comments on the salvation of Jew and Gentile alike. Might not its use in Romans 11:25 do likewise?

That it might do is borne out by a glance at some of the OT occurrences of ‘all Israel’. Exodus 18:25 says:

‘He chose capable men from all Israel and made them leaders of the people, officials over thousands, hundreds, fifties and tens.’

That all Israel here included Gentiles may be inferred from Exodus 12:38 (‘Many other people went up with them,’). Gentiles were also included in the ‘all Israel’ of Deut 31:11-12:


When all Israel comes to appear before the LORD your God at the place he will choose, you shall read this law before them in their hearing. Assemble the people— men, women and children, and the aliens living in your towns — so that they can listen and learn to fear the LORD your God and follow carefully all the words of this law.’


In Deut 29:2 the ‘all Israel’ that was established as ‘his people’ (v.13) included ‘the aliens living in your camps’ (v.11).

It is significant that in Romans 11:1 Paul asks; ‘Did God reject his people?’ It may be that ‘his people’ in 1:11 equates to ‘all Israel’ (11:26a) and to ‘Jacob’ (11:26b).

This thought is further suggested by the use of ‘all’ in the Roman letter. The apostle seems to emphasize the togetherness of Jews and Gentiles throughout and stresses this both negatively, as united under sin (1:18; 2:1; 3:4, 9, 19, 20, 23; 5:12,18; 8:22; 11:32; 14:10), and positively, as united in belief (1:16; 2:10; 3:22; 4:11, 16; 5:18; 9:5; 10:4, 11,12,13; 11:26, 32).

In addition Paul goes on to speak of the ‘strong’ and ‘the weak’ and in that context (15:5-12) to encourage the unity of both Jew and Gentile in the worship of God; using a series of OT quotations (15:9, 10, 11, 12) to back up his point. The unity is stressed even as the letter ends with the two uses of ‘all’ relating to Jew and Gentile in the greetings of chapter 16: ‘all the churches of the Gentiles’ (16:4) and ‘all the churches of Christ’ (16:16).
In the expression ‘And so all Israel will be saved’ Paul may not be thinking nationally or even eschatologically but simply stressing the unity of the people of God in salvation with a view to seeing that unity restored in the Christian community at Rome.

Although interesting and thought-provoking it is difficult to concur with the view that ‘all Israel’ refers to the whole people of God given that it assigns to ‘Israel’ a meaning which is unsupported elsewhere in Romans, or indeed in the New Testament, with the possible but unlikely exception of Galatians 6:16. The term usually refers to Israel as a whole, or is sometimes narrowed down to refer to a part of Israel. It is never widened to include Gentiles. ‘Israel’ is used eleven times in Romans 9-11 (9:6, 27, 31; 10:1, 19, 21; 11: 2, 7, 25) before 11:26 and in each of these occurrences it refers to either ethnic Israel or a part of it, set in contrast with the Gentiles (there is no such contrast in Galatians 6). Having consistently maintained a distinction between ethnic Israel and Gentiles throughout Romans 9-11 and having used it ethnically in the first part of the sentence in v.25 it is unlikely that Paul would make such a fundamental shift in meaning (Jews and Gentiles) in the second part of the sentence in v.26a.

‘ALL ISRAEL’ AS THE NATION

The majority viewpoint is that ‘all Israel’ refers to ethnic Israel as a whole, but not necessarily every individual. Dunn (1988, p.681) offers an interesting definition: ‘a people whose corporate identity and wholeness would not be lost even if in the event there were some (or indeed many) individual exceptions.’

According to this scenario ‘all Israel’ points to the majority of Jews alive on earth just before the Second Coming of Christ who, after the full number of Gentiles has been saved, turn to faith in Christ in a worldwide, large-scale, mass conversion. Cranfield (1985, p.282) sees the salvation of ‘all Israel’ in ‘three successive stages in the divine plan of salvation’; the unbelief of Israel, the completion of the coming in of the Gentiles and the salvation of Israel. He explains (p.282):


‘With regard to this last clause three things must be mentioned. First, ‘thus’ is emphatic; it will be in the circumstances obtaining when the first two stages have been fulfilled, and only so and then, that ‘all Israel shall be saved’. Secondly, the most likely explanation of ‘all Israel’ is that it means the nation of Israel as a whole, though not necessarily including every individual member. Thirdly, we understand ‘shall be saved’ to refer to a restoration of the nation of Israel to God at the end of history, an eschatological event in the strict sense.’

Those supporting this viewpoint point out that Romans 11 begins with Paul’s’ question ‘I ask then: Did God reject his people?’, with the ‘then’ referring back to what has just been stated in 10:19-21 about national disobedience. ‘His people’ is therefore understood as the nation of Israel. Paul’s answer to his own question (‘I am an Israelite myself, a descendant of Abraham, from the tribe of Benjamin.’) might suggest this as he does not speak in terms of faith in Christ but in terms of his own physical Jewish descent, indicating that he is thinking in national terms.

Paul goes on to speak of the remnant and of the rest who have been hardened. The fact that there is a remnant is seen as a positive sign for the nation of Israel. Moo (1996, p.677) comments: ‘For God’s preservation of a remnant is not only evidence of his present faithfulness to Israel; it is also a pledge of hope for the future of the people.’ The metaphor of the Olive tree (11:16-20) is also seen as pointing to a restoration of national Israel as it emphasizes the corporate nature of Israel’s election in the picture of the root, representing Abraham and the patriarchs, which imparts its character to the branches (as does the lump of dough in 11:16). That God loves Israel because of the patriarchs is explicitly stated in 11:28.


In addition Paul proclaims (11:12) that Israel’s present ‘loss’ will at some future point become ‘fullness’. Whether one interprets these words as quantitative (‘loss’ and ‘full number’) as does Moo (1996, p.688), or qualitative (‘diminishing’ and ‘completion’), the net result is that what is currently defeat will one day become a victory; with added benefits for the world, thus pointing forward to v.26. In v.15 the ‘rejection’ of Israel is contrasted with their future ‘acceptance’, a change of status which will result in ‘life from the dead’ (happy life after resurrection or a time of great spiritual quickening). According to Moo (1996, p.695) ‘These descriptions suggest that “life from the dead” must be an event distinct from Israel’s restoration, involving the whole world, and occurring at the very end of history.’ That the world is a benefactor suggests a future time of blessing, a worldwide spiritual revival, following the conversion of Israel. This requires an extension of history (i.e. an earthly Millennial Kingdom) rather than the Eternal State.

Paul backs up his declaration of the salvation of ‘all Israel’ by a proof text (‘the deliverer will come from Zion; he will turn godlessness away from Jacob. And this is my covenant with them when I take away their sins’) which consists of Isaiah 59:21a linked with Isaiah 27:9. This composite quotation assures the forgiveness of Jacob’s sins and mentions the covenant, which was national.

Assuming that ‘Jacob’ is a synonym for Israel as a nation then the ‘Jacob’ of v.26b must equate to the ‘all Israel’ of v26a. Paul is thus pointing to Israel’s national forgiveness as an indication of national restoration and expressing an eschatological expectation that, following a period of rejection as a result of Israel’s sin, the nation would become the focus of divine action once again.

According to this viewpoint Israel’s national salvation will follow the coming in of the Gentiles (11:25-26a). Proponents usually proceed to construct a timetable for God’s dealings with Israel as a nation and with the Gentile world. The details are not within the remit of this paper but the main elements perhaps deserve a mention in that they relate to the perceived timing of the salvation of ‘all Israel’.

Following the era when the Gentiles are saved (Acts 15:14) the fortunes of Israel will be restored. The nation will have perpetual existence (Jer. 31:38-40) and Jerusalem will be fully controlled by Israelites (Luke 21:24). The latter is closely associated with the Second Coming (Luke 21:24-28) which, the suggestion is, can only occur subsequent to Israel’s conversion (Joel 2:28-32; Acts 3:19-21; Matt.23:39). Zechariah 13:9, when a third of the people will be saved, is set in the Great Tribulation, just before the Lord’s Coming (Zech.14:4) and just before the setting up of the Millennial Kingdom (Zech. 14:9-21). It would therefore appear that the salvation of ‘all Israel’ will occur during the Great Tribulation, just before the Second Coming.

This interpretation, which views Israel’s rejection as partial and temporary, is misleading as the point Paul is emphasizing throughout is that God has not rejected Israel. In spite of ongoing hostility and disobedience and the loss resulting from divine hardening Israel has not been rejected by God.

This viewpoint is also misleading as it suggests a difference between physical Israel and the Church in the matter of salvation and stresses a literal fulfilment of prophecy about Israel. It suggests that there are two distinct people groups belonging to God, Israel and the Church, each with different destinies and posits that all OT prophecies about Israel are for the literal Israel. This view that ‘all Israel ‘ is the nation is problematic for those who believe that the Church is the culmination of God’s saving plan and that it is trans-national and trans-ethnic.


‘ALL ISRAEL’ AS THE REMNANT (ACCUMULATED ELECT OF ISRAEL)


According to this view ‘all Israel’ refers to the elect of ethnic Israel throughout history. Israel will experience a partial hardening to the end of time (‘until the full number of the Gentiles has come in’) but God will always save a remnant of Jews. This view also allows for a large number of Jews turning to Christ at the end of the age but without a national or territorial restoration. The ‘mystery’ in 11:25 is not the fact of the remnant’s salvation but the manner in which they are saved. ‘And so’ (11:26a) means ‘in this manner’ and refers back to the arousal of Jews to envy so that some might turn to Christ for salvation (11:11-13).

This viewpoint is in harmony with the context of Romans 9-11 which, scholars acknowledge, form a unit in Romans. In chapter 9 Paul maintains that God is faithful to his promises in spite of Israel’s rejection of the Messiah Jesus and in v.6 states ‘For not all who are descended from Israel are Israel’ thus showing that God’s promise was not to save Abraham’s descendants on the basis of national identity. The true Israel consists of children of the promise, rather than ethnic Jews. In 10:2 Paul further writes ‘For there is no difference between Jew and Gentile—the same Lord is Lord of all and richly blesses all who call on him,’ again showing that, as regards salvation, there is no distinction between Jew and Gentile.

A separate plan of salvation for Israel would run contrary to this assertion. God’s promises are not fulfilled in the nation but in the spiritual remnant. Wright (1991, p.236) highlights the problem of integration:


‘Put simply, the issue is this: if Paul rejects the possibility of a status of special privilege for Jews in chs. 9 and 10, how does he manage, apparently, to reinstate such a position in ch.11? It is this apparent inconsistency that has led many to suggest that the section contains a fundamental self-contradiction, which is then explained either as a resurgence of patriotic sentiment (Dodd) or the vagaries of apocalyptic fantasy (Bultmann). As we have already hinted, the real crux of the issue lies not so much in 11 as a whole, but in 11.25-27; the regular interpretation of that passage as predicting a large-scale last-minute salvation of ‘Israel’, worked out in terms of the chapter as a whole, leads to this charge.’

In the immediate context of ‘all Israel will be saved’ the apostle asked two questions; ‘I ask then: Did God reject his people?’ (11:1) and ‘Again I ask: Did they stumble so as to fall beyond recovery?’ (11:11). He is not asking if God has dispensed with ethnic Israel as regards a special plan for the future but is asking if the Jews have totally forfeited their past privileges and if there is now any hope that God will continue to save Jews. In answer to the question in v.1 Paul presents his own salvation as proof that God was still saving Jews. His answer relates to the present, not the future.

Paul’s thinking is focussed on the present, not on the long-range future. The contemporary nature of Romans 11 is striking. V5 speaks of ‘the present time’, in which there is a ‘remnant’ (vv2-4) and also those who were ‘hardened’ vv.8-10. Paul ‘exalts’ his ministry (v.13) in order to save people in his own day (v.14). The Gentiles whom he was addressing were his contemporaries and it was the salvation of contemporary Gentiles that he hoped would provoke Jewish contemporaries to jealousy and salvation. His ministry was not to provoke the Jews to jealousy in order to bring about a future mass conversion of ethnic Israel. The branches broken off are contemporary Israelites and the engrafted Gentiles are contemporary. This is explicitly confirmed by the threefold ‘now’ in Paul’s comments in vv. 30-31. It is ‘now’ (in Paul’s day), that Israel is receiving mercy. Das (2003, p.118) maintains that:


‘Paul views Israel’s impending restoration as potentially imminent: “Just as you were once disobedient to God but have now received mercy because of their [Israel’s] disobedience, so they have now been disobedient in order that, by the mercy shown to you , they too may now receive mercy” (Romans 11:30-31). “Now” is the day of Israel’s salvation. Paul speaks of Israel’s present obtaining of mercy. He hopes, by his own missionary activity to the Gentiles, to bring about the salvation of the Jews (11:14). Perhaps this may explain why he wanted to travel to Spain, the western end of the known (Gentile) world (15:22-24). He may have viewed the creation of a Gentile Christian community in Spain as the final step in completing the “fullness” of Gentile salvation, thereby triggering all Israel’s salvation. By reaching the entire Gentile world, Paul believes he will see the day when God’s plan for Israel will be finally and fully realized.’


Some object to this view on the grounds that ‘Israel’ in v.26 ought to have the same meaning as ‘Israel’ in v.25 which clearly refers to ethnic Israel (the remnant plus the hardened). This, however, appears to be Paul’s pattern of expression as in Romans he has already used ‘Israel’ to refer to both the nation and the elect within the nation (‘For not all who are descended from Israel are Israel’) in 9:6, in one sentence. Wright (1991, p.250) agrees that:


‘It is impermissible to argue that ‘Israel’ cannot change its referent within the space of two verses, so that ‘Israel’ in v. 25 must mean the same as ‘Israel’ in v. 26: Paul actually began the whole section (9.6) with just such a programmatic distinction of two ‘Israels’, and throughout the letter (e.g. 2.25–9) … he has systematically transferred the privileges and attributes of ‘Israel’ to the Messiah and his people.’


CONCLUSION

In Romans 9-11 Paul discussed the failure of Israel to respond to the Christian gospel and addressed the issue of the place of Jews in God’s purposes. The climax of his discussion is reached in 11:26a with the assertion ‘And so all Israel will be saved.’
Paul insisted that Israel’s failure to believe was no indicator of a failure on God’s part to keep his promises. He warned his Gentile readers against arrogance toward Israel and described God’s manner of saving Israel by using saved Gentiles to cause jealousy among remnant Jews, driving them to faith in the Messiah.

Thus a remnant from ethnic Israel will be continue to be saved until the Lord returns, in tandem with believing Gentiles. When the full number of Gentiles has come in so too ‘all Israel’ (the full number of remnant Jews) will have been saved.


Paul’s strange, and some might say absurd (see Käsemann, 1994, p.304), optimism in the face of disappointed hope and his confidence in God’s sovereignty ought to be an encouragement to Christians today. Western society is materialistic and secular. It would appear that the gospel has become powerless. The same anxiety that Paul experienced over this apparent failure remains with us today. Batey (1966, p.228) wisely observes:


‘It is in just such a situation that one finds himself sharing Paul’s basic concern and challenged by his decision for faith. In spite of the evidence around him, the Christian is challenged to affirm with the Apostle that God is and shall be sovereign over the destiny of man. As long as there is disbelief the man of faith seeks through the foolishness of preaching to effect reconciliation. Paul was not naïve, but he looked at defeat and saw final victory.’


There is confidence and optimism to be drawn from this expression of hope by Paul for the salvation of his fellow countrymen through faith in Jesus Christ: ‘and so all Israel will be saved.’

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Barth, K. 1968, The Epistle to the Romans, Oxford University Press US

Bateman, H. W. 1999, Three Central Issues in Contemporary Dispensationalism: A Comparison of Traditional and Progressive Views, Kregel Publications, Grand Rapids, Michigan


Bell, R. H. 1994, Provoked to Jealousy: The Origin & Purpose of the Jealousy Motif in Romans 9-11, Coronet Books Inc., Philadelphia

Bloomfield, P. 2009, What the Bible Teaches about the Future, Evangelical Press, Carlisle

Borchert, G. L. & Mohrlang, R. 2007, Romans, Galatians (Cornerstone Biblical Commentary), Tyndale House Publishers, Inc., Illinois

Brauch, M. T. 1989, Hard Sayings of Paul, Inter-Varsity Press, Nottingham

Bruce, F.F. 2000, Paul, Apostle of the Heart Set Free, Wm. B. Eerdmans, Grand Rapids, Michigan

Bryan, C. 2000, A Preface to Romans: Notes on the Epistle in its Literary and Cultural Setting, Oxford University Press US, New York

Byrne, B. 1996, Romans, Liturgical Press, Collegeville, Minnesota

Calvin, J. 1834, Commentary of the Epistle to the Romans, (trans. by Sibson. F), L. B. Seeley and Sons, London

Cranfield, C.E.B. 1985, Romans, a Shorter Commentary, W.B. Eerdmans Publishing Co., Grand Rapids, Michigan

Dahl, N. A. 1977, Studies in Paul: Theology for the Early Christian Mission, Augsburg Press, Minneapolis

Das, A. A. 2004, Paul and the Jews, Hendrickson Publishers, Massachusetts

Diprose, R. E. 2000, Israel and the Church – The Origin and Effects of Replacement Theology, Paternoster, Milton Keynes

Donaldson, T.L. 1997, Paul and the Gentiles: Remapping the Apostle’s Convictional World, Fortress Press, Minneapolis

Donfried, K.P. 2002, The Romans Debate, Hendrickson Publishers, Peabody, Massachusetts

Dunn, J. D.G. 1988, Romans 9-16, Thomas Nelson, Nashville, TN

Dunn, J. D.G. 2006, The Theology of Paul the Apostle, Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing, Grand Rapids

Edwards, J.R. 1992, Romans, Hendrickson Publishers, Peabody, Massachusetts

Ellis, P. F. 1982, Seven Pauline Letters, Liturgical Press, Collegeville, Minnesota

Ellison, H. L. 1976, The Mystery of Israel, Paternoster Press, Exeter

Gadenz, P. T. 2009, Called from the Jews & from the Gentiles: Pauline Ecclesiology in Romans 9-11, Mohr Siebeck, Tübingen

Harrington, D. J. 2001, The Church according to the New Testament: what the Wisdom and Witness of Early Christianity Teach us Today, Rowman & Littlefield, Lanham, MD

Hendriksen, W. 1981, Romans: 9-16, Banner of Truth Trust, Edinburgh

Hoeksema, H. 2002, Righteous By Faith Alone, Reformed Free Publishing Association, Michigan

Horner, B. E. 2007, Future Israel: Why Christian Anti-Judaism Must Be Challenged, B&H Academic, Nashville

Hunter, A. M. 1955, The Epistle to the Romans, SCM Press, London

Käsemann, E. 1994, Commentary on Romans, Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, Grand Rapids

Kreloff, S. A. 2006, God’s Plan For Israel – A Study of Romans 9-11, Kress Christian Publications

Lloyd-Jones, D. M. 1999, Romans: An Exposition of Chapter 11 To God’s Glory, Banner of Truth, Edinburgh

Moo, D. 1996, Epistle to the Romans, New International Commentary on the New Testament Series, Eerdmans, Grand Rapids

Morris, L. 1988, The Epistle to the Romans, Eerdmans Publishing, Grand Rapids

Munck, J. 1967, Christ & Israel: an Interpretation of Romans 9-11, Fortress Press, Minneapolis

Nanos, M. D. 1996, The Mystery of Romans: the Jewish Context of Paul’s Letter, Fortress Press, Minneapolis

Philip, J. 1987, The Power of God – An Exposition of Paul’s Letter to the Romans, Nicholas Gray Publishing, Glasgow

Robertson, O. P. 2000, The Israel of God – Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow, P & R Publishing, New Jersey

Sanders, E.P. 1977, Paul and Palestinian Judaism: a Comparison of Patterns of Religion, Fortress Press, Minneapolis

Schnabel, E .J. 2008, Paul the Missionary: Realities, Strategies and Methods, Intervarsity Press, Nottingham

Schreiner, T. 1998, Romans, Baker Books, Grand Rapids

Scott, J.M. 2001, Restoration: Old Testament, Jewish, and Christian Perspectives, BRILL, Leiden

Shedd, W. G. T. 1978, Critical and Doctrinal Commentary on Romans, Klock & Klock, Minneapolis

Smith, C. L. 2009, The Jews, Modern Israel and the New Supercessionism- Resources for Christians, King’s Divinity Press, Lampeter, UK

Stendahl, K. 1976, Paul among Jews and Gentiles, and Other Essays, Fortress Press, Minneapolis

Stuhlmacher, P. 1994, Paul’s Letter to the Romans: a Commentary, Westminster John Knox Press, Louisville, Kentucky

Thielman, F. 1989, From Plight to Solution: a Jewish Framework for Understanding Paul’s View of the Law in Galatians and Romans, Brill Archive, Leiden

Walters, J.C. 1993, Ethnic Issues in Paul’s Letter to the Romans: Changing Self-definitions in Earliest Roman Christianity, Trinity Press International, Harrisburg Pennsylvania

Witherington III, B. 1998, The Paul Quest: the Renewed Search for the Jew of Tarsus, Inter-Varsity Press, Westmont, Illinois

Witherington III, B. 2004, Paul’s Letter to the Romans: a Socio-rhetorical Commentary, Eerdmans, Grand Rapids

Wright, N. T. 1991, The Climax of the Covenant: Christ and the Law in Pauline Theology, T & T Clark, Edinburgh

JOURNAL ARTICLES

Aus, R.D. 1979, Paul’s Travel Plans to Spain and the “Full Number of the Gentiles” of Rom. XI 25, Novum Testamentum, Vol.21, pp. 232-262


Batey, R. 1966, So all Israel will be saved: an interpretation of Romans 11:25-32, Interpretation, Vol. 20, pp.218-228


Baxter, A. G. & Ziesler J. A. 1985, Paul and Arboriculture: Romans 11:25-32, Journal For the Study of The New Testament, Vol. 24, pp. 95-123


Cook, M. J. 2006, Paul’s Argument in Romans 9-11, Review and Expositor, Vol. 103, pp. 91-111


Cooper, C. 1978, Romans 11:23, 26, Restoration Quarterly, Vol. 21, No. 2, pp. 84-94


Cosgrove, C. H. 1996, Rhetorical Suspense in Romans 9-11: A Study in Polyvalence and Hermeneutical Election, Journal of Biblical Literature, Vol. 115, No. 2, pp. 271-287


Dinkler, E. 1956, The Historical and the Eschatological Israel in Romans Chapters 9-11: A Contribution to the Problem of Pre-Destination and Individual Responsibility, The Journal of Religion, Vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 109-127


Esler, P. F. 2003, Ancient Oleiculture and Ethnic Differentiation: The Meaning of the Olive Tree Image in Romans 11, Journal For the Study of The New Testament, Vol. 26, pp. 103-124


Getty, M. A. 1988, Paul and the Salvation of Israel: A Perspective on Romans 9-11, CBQ, Vol. 50, pp. 456-469


Glancy, J. 1991, Israel Vs. Israel in Romans 11:25-32, Union Seminary Quarterly Review, Vol. 54, pp.191-203


Johnson, D G. 1984, The Structure and Meaning of Romans 11, CBQ, Vol. 46, pp.91-103


Litwak, K. 2006, One or Two Views of Judaism: Paul in Acts 28 and Romans 11 on Jewish Unbelief, Tyndale Bulletin, Vol. 57, pp. 229-249


Longenecker, B. W. 1989, Different Answers to Different Issues: Israel, The Gentiles and Salvation History in Romans 9-11, Journal For the Study of The New Testament, Vol. 36, pp. 95-123


Merkle, B. L. 2000, Romans 11 and the Future of Ethnic Israel, Journal of the Evangelical Theological Society, Vol. 43, pp. 709-721


Sanders, E. P. 1978, Paul’s Attitude Toward the Jewish People, Union Seminary Quarterly Review, Vol. XXXIII, pp.175-187


Spencer, F.S. 2006, Metaphor, Mystery and the Salvation of Israel in Romans 9-11: Paul’s Appeal to Humility and Doxology, Review and Expositor, Vol. 103, pp. 113-138


Van der Horst, P. W. 2000, “Only then will All Israel be Saved”: A Short Note on the Meaning of kai and οuτως in Romans 11:26, Journal of Biblical Literature, Vol. 119, No. 3, pp. 521-525


Vanlaningham, M.G. 1992, Romans 11:25-27 and the Future of Israel in Paul’s Thought, The Master’s Seminary Journal, Vol.3, pp.141-174


Waymeyer, M. 2005, The Dual Status of Israel in Romans 11:28, The Master’s Seminary Journal, Vol.16, pp.57-71


Zoccali, C. 2008, ‘And so all Israel will be saved’: Competing Interpretations of Romans 11:26 in Pauline Scholarship, Journal For the Study of The New Testament, Vol. 30, pp. 289-318


Ziglar, T. 2003, Understanding Romans 11:26: Baptist Perspectives, Baptist History and Heritage, Vol. Spring 2003, pp. 38-51

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTARY

Peter exhorts the believers regarding their obligations in light of the benefits of salvation that he has outlined in 1:3-12. These are:

1:3 a great hope

1:4 a great inheritance

1:5 a great protection

1:6-8 a great joy

1:9 a great promise

1:10-12 a great privilege

The main obligation of the believer is to live a holy life.

The Holy Life. – ‘gird up’ and ‘grow up’

The Christian needs to ‘gird up:’

With hope v.13

With holiness vv.14-16

With prayer v.17

With knowledge vv.18-21

With love vv.22-25

Peter presents the appropriate response to the great benefits of salvation by the believers in a series of four imperatives:

a) 1:13 ‘hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you’

b) 1:15 ‘be ye holy in all manner of conversation’

c) 1:22 ‘love one another with a pure heart fervently’

d) 2:2 ‘desire the sincere milk of the word’

Imperative a) ‘hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you’

[13] ‘wherefore’ dió for this reason. Refers back to what has been stated in vv. 3-12. Two participial phrases follow. Strictly speaking these are adverbial and not imperative but since the main verb (elpízō) is in the imperative mood they are usually translated as imperatives.

‘girding up the loins of your mind’ i.e. get your minds ready for action. This is how they will set their hope fully, with this mental attitude. Girding refers to the practice of tucking a long robe into the belt in preparation for a task; so as to be able to move more freely (Ex 12:11; Lk 12:35). This may be a deliberate reference to the Old Testament story of the Exodus. Other examples of this practice are Elijah preparing to run (1 Kgs 18:46), Jeremiah getting ready to prophesy (Jer 1:17) and a slave preparing to wait at a table (Lk 17:8). Peter alludes to the Old Testament many times throughout this epistle.

‘mind’ (diánoia) thoughts, intellect

‘being sober ‘ (nḗphō) i.e. self-controlled ( also 4:7; 5:8). This is how they will prepare their minds for action. Self-control or temperance is freedom from any sort of intoxication. It therefore brings clarity of mind.

‘fix your (plural) hope’ J. N. D. Kelly comments: ‘The imperative is aorist (elpisate), the tense striking a more urgent, insistent note than the present would: not just ‘hope’, but ‘fix your hope purposefully.’

‘to the end’ (teleíōs) complete, perfect. i.e fully set your hope. The idea here is of assurance. The believers can confidently expect that what is hoped for will definitely come to pass.

I have taken the adverb with ‘set your hope’ rather than ‘be sober’ but it is not clear which it should go with. It could be read as either ‘set your hope absolutely’ or ‘be absolutely sober.’

They are to focus on the ‘grace’ that will be brought to them at the revelation of Jesus Christ. This grace that Jesus will bring at his unveiling is their salvation (v.5). Note that Peter again makes it clear that salvation is a divine work,

EXCURSUS: SOME THOUGHTS ON ‘THOUGHTS’ AND ‘MIND’

THOUGHTS

i. Our thoughts are known to God.

‘for the LORD searcheth all hearts, and understandeth all the imaginations of the thoughts.’ 1 Chron 28:9

‘Thou knowest my downsitting and mine uprising, thou understandest my thought afar off.’ Psa 139:2

ii. Our thoughts can be counter-productive.

‘Because that, when they knew God, they glorified him not as God, neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened.’ Rom 1:21

iii. Our thoughts need to be controlled.

‘Casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ;’ 2 Cor 10:5

iv. Our thoughts should be good thoughts.

‘Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things.’ Phil 4:8

MIND

i. The carnal mind.

‘Because the carnal mind is enmity against God: for it is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be.’ Rom 8:7

ii. The Christ-like mind.

‘For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ.’ 1 Cor 2:16

iii. The unsettled mind.

‘Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto him, That ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand’ 2 Thess 2:1-2

iv. The embattled mind.

‘But I see another law in my members, warring against the law of my mind, and bringing me into captivity to the law of sin which is in my members.’ Rom 7:23

v. The renewed mind.

And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.’ Rom 12:2

vi. The determined mind.

‘Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arm yourselves likewise with the same mind: for he that hath suffered in the flesh hath ceased from sin;’ 1 Pet 4:1

vii. The sound mind.

‘For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind.’ 2 Tim 1:7

Imperative b) ‘be ye holy in all manner of conversation’

[14] Based on the fact that they are now related to God as his children Peter impresses upon the believers the fact that new life involves a new lifestyle. He says that they are to act as obedient children (lit. children of obedience). In 1:1 they have already been set apart by the Spirit for obedience. “children of’ is an idiom which expresses an outstanding characteristic or quality e.g. Deut 13;13; 2 Sam 7:10; Mt 8:12; Mk 2:19; Eph 2:2).

The negative: ‘Not fashioning yourselves’

suschēmatízō fashion in accordance with, fashion according to a pattern i.e. conform. The only other occurrence is in Rom 12:2.

‘the former lusts in your ignorance’ This is a good indication that these believers were converted Gentiles.

‘desires’ are cravings or longings, in a negative or sinful sense. These desires characterized them in their unsaved days. Peter mentions these again in 2:11; 4:2,3.

[15-16] The positive: ‘be ye holy.’

Having been called by God they are to become holy; the standard of that holiness is God himself. Peter quotes a well-known phrase from Leviticus (11:44; 19:2; 20:7, 26; 21:8).

Why live a holy life?

– God the Father commands it (1:15-16)

– God the Son died to redeem us from sin (1:18-21)

– God the Holy Spirit makes it possible (1:22)

[17] “and’ This word tells us that here is another reason for living a holy life.

‘ye call on the Father…’ As children of God they were not to think that they would receive favourable treatment. Instead they were to fear (dread) his judgement because he is an impartial judge. The apostle Paul said something similar to the Roman believers in Rom 2:6-11.

‘pass the time’ conduct. They were to conduct themselves with fear. Peter may have had Psa 34:9-11 in mind.

‘your sojourning’ your temporary stay, i.e. residence in a country without taking out citizen rights. This brings to mind 1:1 and 2:11, also the familiar Old Testament references to sojourning (Gen 23:4; 1 Chron 29:15; Psa 105:12; also Acts 13:17). Peter here uses sojourning to depict the situation of Christians in the world.

[18-19] Peter reminds his audience (‘knowing as you do’) that they were redeemed by Christ. This is another reference to the experience of ancient Israel, and specifically to the Exodus, which was described as redemption (Ex 6:6).

What was redemption?

The same verb ‘redeem’ (to buy back, set free, deliver) is also used in Tit 2:14. The imagery of Christ’s death as a ransom goes back to Jesus himself (Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45), ‘give his life a ransom for many.’ J.N.D. Kelly (1969, p74) maintains that: ‘In the Hellenistic world of the 1st cent. lutron, or ‘ransom’ was a technical term for the money paid over to buy a prisoner-of-war or slave his freedom…’ and proceeds to list the Old Testament (LXX) meanings as:

  • the redemption of a property held in mortgage (Lev 25:25-28.
  • the payment of a sum to God for the firstborn (Num 18:15).
  • the payment of a sum to God as a ransom by a man whose life was forfeit (Ex 21:30; 30:12).

It is used metaphorically of deliverance from Egypt, enemies, sin, death and exile in (Ex 6:6; 15:13; Dt 7:8; Psa 33:23; 106:2; 129:8; Isa 41:14; 43:1, 14; Hos 13:14)

Other New Testament words involving this metaphor are: antílutron (ransom)1 Tim 2:6; lútrōsis (redemption) Heb 9:12; apolútrōsis (redemption) Rom 3:24; 1 Cor 1:30; Eph 1:7; Col 1:14; Heb 9:15.

What were they redeemed from?

They were not ransomed from the power of Satan, no price was paid to him, but they were redeemed from their futile conduct (anastrophḗ) that had been handed down to them from their ancestors.

What were they redeemed by?

The price of their redemption was not paid by perishable goods like silver and gold which are material and therefore transitory and could not bring about spiritual deliverance. The ransom was paid by the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish or stain, and was therefore very costly.

The reference here is to the Jewish sacrificial system and the requirement that a sacrificial victim be a perfect specimen. In Christ’s case this is understood as sinlessness (Heb 9:14). ‘Blood’ means blood shed, i.e. a life laid down.

‘Lamb’ This would have taken their minds back to the Passover (Ex 12:5; 1 Cor 5:7) and also to the Suffering Servant of Isaiah (Isa 53:7). Peter quotes from the Isaiah passage towards the end of chapter two. In contrast to 1 Cor 5:7 Peter does not call Christ the paschal lamb but only compares him to it.

[20-21] Peter now refers to the beginning and end of time. Christ was ‘foreknown’ i.e. predestined before the ‘foundation’ (a throwing or a casting down) of the world. This is a figure of speech (Jn 17:24; Eph 1:5), it is not literal. He was made manifest (for the verb see 1 Tim 3;16; Heb 9:26)) in ‘the end of the times’ (1 Cor 10:11). The ancestral way of life of these former pagans had been handed down over many generations but Jesus existed before the foundation of the world. Salvation history was planned by God in eternity and worked out in time.

‘for you’ This would have inspired the believers who were under pressure with confidence .

‘who through him (Christ) do believe in God’ It is through him that they have come to believe in God who raised him (Jesus) from the dead and gave him glory. As a result their faith and hope are fixed in God. The fact that God has raised and exalted Christ gives assurance that this resurrection life will one day be enjoyed by believers also.

hṓste ‘so that’ expresses consequence (‘are fixed on God’) although it may also express intention (Mt 27:1; Lk 20:20). In that latter case it would read ‘so that your faith and hope may be fixed on God.’ Either the result or the purpose is in view, it is not clear which applies.

Note:

1:18-19 The Price – ‘precious blood of Christ.’

1:20-21 The Proof – Historical (Christ was made manifest), Factual (he was resurrected)

1:20 The Plan – ‘foreordained before the foundation of the world.’

1:18, 21 The Purpose – ‘redeemed from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers’, ‘that your faith and hope might be in God.’

Imperative c) 1:22 ‘love one another with a pure heart fervently’

1:22-25 Having told his readers to focus on God’s grace and to be holy just as their heavenly Father is holy Peter now tells them that their new birth demands a transformation which enables them to love one another. This third imperative lets them know that status as God’s children is not just an individual matter but it brings one into relationship with other believers. The command is for Christians to love one another. This will be possible because

a) their lives have been set apart by obedience to the truth (v.22) and

b) because they have been reborn with a nature that is eternal (v.23).

‘love of the brethren’ (philadelphía) The basis of their love for one another is their relationship as ‘brothers.’ Since they have purified (made clean, consecrated) themselves through obedience to the truth this should result in sincere love of their fellow-Christians. This love is to be sincere (without hypocrisy) and fervent (intense).

[24-25] Citing Isa 40:6-8 Peter contrasts human life and efforts which perish with the power of God’s word that endures forever. New spiritual life from imperishable seed, the word of God, means that the Christian has eternal life and also that the ability to love one another has a supernatural origin. Human efforts fail but God always delivers on his promises. The permanence of the new life is contrasted with mortal life. Peter says that the announcement by Isaiah is the same word that has been proclaimed to them in the gospel. Isaiah’s message in the sixth century BCE was for a discouraged and oppressed people of God in exile. Peter is here addressing and encouraging God’s people who are also exiles (1:1), oppressed and possibly tempted to renounce their faith. He is reminding the Asian Christians of the power of God. The mighty Roman empire would fall but God’s word remains forever.

Imperative d) 2:2 ‘desire the sincere milk of the word’

‘therefore’ refers back to what has gone before, perhaps from v.13 but more likely from v.22. Having spoken of new birth the apostle now discusses how the new life is to be nourished. As those who have been born again the Christians are to reject things that are harmful and crave pure spiritual milk, as babies crave their mother’s milk, so that they might grow up.

[2:1] The harmful things listed are:

‘malice’ kakía wickedness

‘guile’ dólos deceit, deliberate dishonesty

‘hypocrisy’ hupókrisis pretence, like an actor on a stage

‘envy’ phthónos jealousy or spite

‘evil speaking’ katalalía defamation, slander

For other New Testament vice lists see Rom 1:29-31; 2 Cor 12:20; Eph 4:31; Col 3:8; 1 Tim 1:9-10.

‘ putting off’ This word was used of the removal of a garment in order to put another one on (Rom 13:12; Eph 4:22,25; Col 3:8; Jas 1:21). Not only are the Christians to put off these vices but like recently born babies they are to crave or long for good milk, by feeding on this they will grow up to spiritual maturity. The milk is said to be:

a) ádolos without deceit, guileless. When applied to foodstuffs it means pure or unadulterated. This word is the opposite of dólos (deceit) in verse 1.

b) logikós reasonable, spiritual. The only other occurrence is in Rom 12:1. The contrast here is between heavenly milk and literal milk.

‘thereby’ en autón – by it. This could also be translated ‘in it’ or ‘in him’, so Christ himself could be the Christian’s milk. This perhaps lead on to the thought of verse 3 which echoes Psa 34:8.

‘if’ seeing ‘you have tasted.

J.N.D Kelly (1969, p.86) comments: ‘For seeing the Greek has ei (lit. ‘if’), where the particle is not conditional but, as frequently in the NT (cf. i. 17; Mt. vi. 30; Lk. xii. 28; Rom. vi. 8; etc.), states as a supposition what is actually the case.’

Peter reminds the Asian Christians that they have already tasted that the Lord is good.

‘good’ means fit or profitable, of food it means delicious to the taste.

Peter seems to have had Psalm 34 in his mind as he wrote this epistle;

2:3 – Psa 34:8

2:4 – Psa 34:5 LXX ‘come to him’

3:10 – Psa 34:13

3:12 – Psa 34:15

New Testament helps for spiritual growth are:

  • proper food 1 Pet 2:2
  • proper exercise 1 Tim 4:7-8
  • proper rest Mk 6:31

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 1:3-12 – COMMENTARY

THE SPLENDOURS OF SALVATION

1:3-12 These ten verses, one sentence in the original, are a doxology praising God for the blessing of salvation. Note:

1:3 A living hope.
1:4 A lasting inheritance.
1:5 A long-term salvation.
1:6 A longed-for reward.

There are at least seven main subjects for which Peter praises God.

  1. The POSITION of the believer.
  2. The PRESERVATION of the believer.
  3. The PURPOSES of God in the believer’s trials.
  4. The PERSON whom, not having seen, the believer loves.
  5. The PROSPECT for the believer.
  6. The PROPHETS and their inquiries.
  7. The PREACHING of the gospel message.

1:3 ‘Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to his abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead,

‘blessed'(eulogētos) well-spoken of, worthy of praise

This is a eulogy similar to those in the Old Testament (Gen 14:20; Exod 18:10; 2 Chron 2:12; 6:4; Ezra 7:27; Psa 66:20; 78:18; 124:6; 1135:21; Dan 3:28)

‘the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ’

Peter here calls God ‘the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ’. This description appears also in Rom 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31 and Eph 1:3.

God in 1 Peter:

God is said to foreknow the elect (1:2), to be merciful (1:3), holy (1:15), without respect of persons (1:17), the righteous judge (2:23), longsuffering (3:20), the judge of living and dead (4:5), a faithful Creator (4:19), one who resists the proud (5:5), mighty (5:6), and the God of all grace (5:10).

‘our Lord Jesus Christ’ – Lord – our master; Jesus – our saviour; Christ – God’s anointed one. Peter emphasizes the believer’s relationship with Jesus Christ.

‘hath begotten us again’
(anagennēsas) ‘has procreated us anew’ ‘re-beget’ This is an unusual word – used only here and in 1:23. Vinson, Wilson & Mills (2010, p.50) maintain: ‘…Peter’s word puts the emphasis on God’s action in fathering “us,” the author and the recipients. The contrast in the “re” is with one’s natural birth, and is consistent with how often 1 Peter pictures conversion as living in God’s household.’

The emphasis is on the action of God in rebirth. The transformation is brought about by God of his own accord. The motivation for this is God’s abundant compassion. ‘mercy’ (eleos)

The goal for this is the ‘living hope.’ This hope is not negative but positive. Feldmeier (2008, p.67) comments:

‘Such a hope is not founded upon the unstable foundation of human expectation and fears but on the certainty of the trustworthiness of God; it bases itself not on something that one wishes to obtain or avoid but on God, the basis and content of hope.’ Peter uses ‘living’ two more times in this letter to describe the word of God (1:23) and Christ (2:4).

The ground and guarantee of this hope is the resurrection of Jesus Christ. See Rom 8:10-39; 1 Cor 15:12-22; 1 Thess 4:14. God is responsible for the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead as well as for the living hope. The hope is present, the inheritance is future.

1:4 ‘To an inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you

Perhaps inspired by the idea of new birth and therefore of children, Peter, since children become heirs, goes on to describe the living hope as an inheritance.

As Jowett (1993, p.13) put it: ‘With our regeneration we have become heirs to a glorious spiritual estate, with all its inexhaustible possessions and treasures.’

This metaphor of inheritance would have turned the believers’ minds to the Old Testament scriptures, to the land of Canaan promised to the patriarchs (Deut 12:9; 15:4; 19:10; Josh 11:23; 15:20). As time progressed, however, inheritance came to be thought of, not in literal terms but as a metaphor for salvation. In the Old Testament God himself is viewed as the inheritance (Psa 16:5; 73:26), as is eternal life (Dan 12:13 NIV). The idea of ‘heirs’ and ‘inheritance, occurs frequently in the New Testament writings (Mk 10:17; 1 Cor 15:50; Eph 5:5; Tit 3:7; Heb 1:14; 1 Pet 3:7, 9; Rev 21:7). As here in 1 Pet 1:4 it is connected with rebirth in Rom 8:14-17 and Gal 4:6-7.

There may also be the thought here, given the emphasis in v.3 on new birth as God’s action, that one does not become an heir as the result of one’s own efforts, the inheritance comes freely. Verse 4 describes this inheritance using three alliterating adjectives – all begin with the letter ‘a’. Vinson, Wilson & Mills (2010, p52) explain that:

‘The three alliterating adjectives, prominently, perfectly positioned, are all the negation of some quality. As in English we make “changing” into “unchanging,” Greeks did it by putting an alpha onto the beginning of the word. So phthartos, meaning corrupt, perishable, mortal, becomes aphthartos, “immortal” or “incorruptible.” Amianton, coming from a verb that means “to stain, defile,”means “unstained,” which is normally a word associated with the
purity of a temple or with sexual purity. Amarantos is based on a verb meaning “to fade, wither, die out,” and is related to the name of a shrub with leaves the Greeks considered long-lasting.

1. áphthartos incorruptible, imperishable It will never decay, perish, deteriorate or disintegrate.

2. amíantos undefiled Was used of cultic purity and sexual virginity. It can never be marred, soiled, spoiled or tainted. (see Heb 7:26; 13:4; Jam 1:27).

3. amárantos unfading Its glory will never fade away, wither or dry up (occurs also in 1 Pet 5:4).

The idea of permanence is strengthened by the spatial metaphor at the end of v.4: ‘reserved in heaven for you. This inheritance is ‘in heaven’ i.e. it is not an earthly inheritance like that which had been promised to the ancient Hebrews and, unlike human possessions, nothing can affect it. As God’s home, heaven is a secure place, immune from disaster. There the inheritance, which already exists, is ‘reserved’ (guarded by God) and it is ‘for you’ Notice the change here from ‘us’ to ‘you.’ The word tēréō means keep, take care of, store way.

1:5 ‘Who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.’

Just as the inheritance is protected and guarded by God’s power, so too are the believers. They are ‘continually being guarded.’ The word phrouréō (guard, carefully watch or keep) is used in military contexts and can mean either ‘keep from escaping’ or ‘protect from attack.’ Both senses may be appropriate here. It is used literally in 2 Cor 11:32 and metaphorically in Gal 3:23 and Phil 4:7. Clowney (1988, p.21) aptly comments: ‘Not only is our inheritance kept for us; we are kept for our inheritance.’

The believer is protected by the power (dúnamis – inherent strength, military might) of God. This power is operational and this preservation takes place ‘through faith.’ Faith is the acceptance of the message of the gospel. It places a human being into a new relationship with God; with the result that God’s power is effective, preserving them to salvation. This eschatological salvation is the fulfillment of the living hope and the content of the inheritance. It is the enjoyment of eternal glory and is the ultimate deliverance from the trials that Peter mentions in the following verses. It stands ready to be revealed ‘in the last time.’ The day will come when the hope will become a reality, when the inheritance that is currently being kept safe in heaven will be possessed and the salvation will be visible. The author believes that he and those to whom he is writing are living in the ‘last time’ so this will all come to pass soon.

1:6 ‘though now for a season’

1:20 ‘in these last times’

4:5 ‘ready to judge the quick and the dead’

4:7 ‘the end of all things is at hand’

4:17 ‘the time is come that judgement must begin’

5:10 ‘after that ye have suffered a little while’

‘last’ or final (éschatos) from which we get our word eschatology (study of the end times).

‘time’ (kairós) – a moment when God intervenes in human history.

The ‘last time’ is when Christ will return and bring our salvation to completion

1:6 ‘Wherein ye greatly rejoice, though now for a season, if need be, ye are in heaviness through manifold temptations:’

‘Wherein’ – in which. This ‘which’ is the first of four relative pronouns which divide up the remainder of this long sentence (the others are in vv. 8 , 10 and 12).It refers back to what has been previously described; their experience of rebirth and the provision of their anticipated salvation.

‘ye greatly rejoice’ (agalliáō) exult – also in 1:8 and 4:13. This could be imperative ‘wherein exult’ but it is more likely that Peter is not commanding them to rejoice but is assuming that as believers they would already have that attitude to suffering (Mt 5:12).

‘ye are in heaviness’ lypēthentes you have been grieved, thrown into sorrow, distressed.

‘through manifold temptations’ peirasmós trial, temptation poikílos variegated, many in number and varied in kind.

1 Pet 1:6 ‘manifold trials’ are counterbalanced by 1 Pet 4:10 ‘the manifold grace of God.’

Peter has now mentioned the main subject of his letter; the trials and suffering of the believers.

These trials are;

1. Various – ‘manifold’ there are many kinds.

2. Temporary – ‘though now for a season.’ (also 5:10)

3. Inevitable – ‘if need be’ i.e. since it is necessary.

Peter will go on to say that suffering:

1:7 may bring praise, glory and honour

1:11; 4:1 was experienced by Christ

2:20 is commendable before God

3:17 may be God’s will

4:12 should not be a surprise

4;13 should be a cause for rejoicing

4:14 brings blessing

4:16 bring glory to God

4:19 should result in commitment

5:9 is experienced by all believers

The paradox of exulting in trials and persecutions is common in the New Testament (Mt 5:11-12; Lk 6:22-23; Acts 5:41; Rom 5:3; 8:18; 2 Cor 4:17; 6:10; 7:4; 8:2; 1 Thess 1:6; Heb 10:34; Jam 1:2).

1:7 ‘That the trial of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though it be tried with fire, might be found unto praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ:

‘the trial’ dokímion test or proof. ‘though it be tried’ dokimázō tested, proved approved

Trials put the quality of a Christian’s faith to the test. The fire does not destroy it but brings out the best in it. Gold, regarded as the most valuable commodity, will ultimately perish (2 Pet 3:7, 10-12) therefore the faith of a believers is much more precious than gold. The special quality of the persecuted Christian’s faith will be recognised at the revelation of Jesus Christ. The Christian will receive praise and also share in two divine attributes, glory (Rom 8:17; Col 3:4) and honour (Rom 2:7). Honour was important in ancient society. Although the persecuted Asian Christians might have thought that they were worthless and disrespected by their fellow-citizens Peter is assuring them that God values and respects them.

The Old Testament compares the testing of faith to the refinement of gold and/or silver in Psa 66:10; Prov 17:3; 27:21; Zech 13:9; Mal 3:2-3.

See the following New Testament references to trial by fire: Mk 9:49; 1 Cor 3:13; Rev 3:18.

‘the appearing of Jesus Christ’ apokálupsis unveiling, disclosure. See 1 Cor 1:7; 2 Thess 1:7; 1 Pet 1:13; 4:13.

1:8-9 ‘Whom having not seen, ye love; in whom, though now ye see him not, yet believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory: Receiving the end of your faith, even the salvation of your souls.’

Peter praises the Asian Christians for the attitude that they have maintained towards the Lord Jesus Christ. They are in the midst of trials and awaiting the unveiling of their salvation yet, without having set eyes on him, they love him. Not only that, they believe in him and, more surprisingly, even rejoice. That rejoicing must be enabled by God, as it is inexpressible and glorious. That they love him without having seen him is in contrast to Peter’s own position as an eyewitness (5:1). The important thing here is love for the Lord. That love is linked with faith (yet believing) and results in joy.

The underlying reason for their joy (v.9) is that they are receiving the outcome (télos, end, termination, completion) of their faith, the salvation of souls. There is no ‘your’ but it is implied.

‘receiving’ komízō – carry off for oneself, receive, obtain (2 Cor 5:10; Eph 6:8; Col 3:25; 1 Pet 5:4)

komizesthai present participle i.e. the process of realising the salvation is already under way.

‘soul’ psuchḗ Peter is not referring here to the spiritual part of man as opposed to the physical. He is talking about humans as living beings, persons. See Gen 2:7; Heb 10:39. ‘Salvation of your souls’ is another way of saying ‘your salvation. 1 Peter has this word in 1:22; 2:11; 2;25; 3:20; 4:19.

THE INQUIRIES OF THE OLD TESTAMENT PROPHETS

1:10-12 ‘Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently, who prophesied of the grace that should come unto you: Searching — what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify, when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ, and the glory that should follow. Unto whom it was revealed, that not unto themselves, but unto us they did minister the things, which are now reported unto you by them that have preached the gospel unto you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into.’

‘of which salvation’ – that already mentioned in vv. 5 and 9. In this doxology to God Peter reminds the Asian believers whose salvation was already being realised of the privileged position they enjoyed compared to the Old Testament prophets and the angels. The prophets researched it but the ‘grace’ was not for them, nor was it for the angels who longed to catch sight of it.

Vinson, Wilson & Mills (2010, p.58) succinctly sum up the meaning of these verses:

‘The prophets of old searched diligently, looking for clues about the time and identity of the Christ who was destined to suffer. The Spirit revealed to them that the information they found was not so much for themselves, but for others—those reading 1 Peter. What they searched for, others announced as good news to the readers, led by the same Spirit;
what they announced was such good news that even angels wanted an advance look at it.”

They present the traditional view (based on v.11) that the prophets referred to here are the Old Testament prophets. Having studied closely what had been revealed to them the prophets saw sufferings and glory but could not make the connection between the two.

The Search – what was the meaning of the Messiah’s death?

The Subjects – i) the grace of God 1:10b; ii) the sufferings of Christ iii) the glory that should follow.

The Spirit – inspired the prophets.

1:10 ‘inquire’ (ekzētéō) search for, investigate, scrutinise

‘searched diligently’ (exereunáō) search anxiously, diligently. This verb is repeated in v.11.

1:11 ‘what, or what manner of time’ equals: what person and what time i.e. who the person would be and when he would come.

‘the Spirit of Christ which was in them’ This may be a reference to Christ as a pre-existent spirit (2 Cor 3:17). The Holy Spirit is said to have inspired David (Acts 1:16) and ‘the holy men of God in old time’ (2 Pet 1:21)

‘the sufferings of Christ’ 1 Pet 2:21; 3:18; 4:1, 13; 5:1.

‘the glories that would follow them’ In 1 Peter these are: glory (1:21), resurrection, ascension, enthronement (3: 21-22), revelation (1:7,13, 4:13), judge of the quick and the dead (4:5).

1:12 ‘revealed’ (apokalúptō) brought to light, uncovered.

‘not unto themselves’ see Heb 11:39-40

‘these things’ The sufferings and glorification of Christ.

‘not unto themselves’ e.g. Num 24:17; Deut 18:15; Hab 2:3.

‘they did minister’ imperfect tense, they were ministering. Emphasizes that this activity continued for a long time.

Those missionaries who preached the gospel to the Asian Christians were influenced by the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven (see also Acts 1:8; 1 Cor 2:4; 1 Thess 1:5; Heb 2:4)

‘which things the angels desire to look into’ Was this unfulfilled longing or intense interest?

parakúptō stoop, bend forward in order to look more closely or intently.

DID ‘PROPHETS’ IN 1:10-12 INCLUDE THE CHARISMATIC NEW TESTAMENT PROPHETS?

N.B. In his excellent commentary Edward G Selwyn has a section called ‘Additional Notes’ in which (1981, pp.259-268) he argues persuasively and in detail that ‘prophets’ in 1:10-12 has a wider reference than Old Testament prophets. Among others, he makes the following interesting points:

a. ‘About which salvation’ (1:10) and ‘now’ refer to contemporary life and not to past facts.

b. The salvation was the object of intense scrutiny by ‘prophets. There is no definite article ‘the.’

c. The prophets are said to have prophesied about the grace ‘toward you.’ The ‘grace’ is introduced in such a way that Peter’s readers must have known what he was talking about – probably a time of expansion in the church – the universality of the gospel, preached to both Jew and Gentile.

d. ‘Seeking and searching’ in 1:10 are not easily identifiable with what we know about Old Testament prophets. The ‘searching’ suggests work on written materials, therefore the prophets are more likely to be New Testament prophets.

e. As in Eph 3:5 these prophets are the recipient of a revelation which Paul says was given, and Peter says was reported at a definite time (‘now’, according to both writers) and in the power of the Spirit.

f. Selwyn questions the translation ‘sufferings of Christ.’ He links it with 2 Cor 11:3 where the noun is ‘directed towards Christ.’ The point is that the word that governs the prepositional clause is external to the noun within the clause i..e the subject of the verb governing εἰς Χριστὸν is other than Christ himself. He talks about the ‘sufferings of the Christward road’ and gives biblical references showing that believers’ sufferings were clearly predicted by Christ.

g. ‘The plural ‘glories’ (1:11) or ‘triumphs’ is more easily understood of the divers rewards of a number of Christians than of Christ alone.’

h. It was revealed to the prophets of whom Peter speaks that they were ministering their findings not for their own benefit but for that of the churches in Asia Minor.

Some of the Points raised by Selwyn are addressed by Jobes (2005) in her commentary on 1 Peter.

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER  – CHRISTIAN HOPE IN TIME OF TRIAL.


1:1-2 GREETING

Peter, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through sanctification of the Spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace unto you, and peace, be multiplied.

1:1

The letter begins with a standard Graeco-Roman introduction which falls into three parts:

Superscription – names the sender
Ascription – names the recipients
Salutation – conveys best wishes or a blessing

THE WRITER

The writer introduces himself as ‘Peter, an apostle of Jesus Christ.’ This establishes that the letter not only carries apostolic authority but also the ultimate authority of Jesus Christ himself, as Peter was his apostle (messenger).

Everything that we know about the apostle Peter comes from his two letters and also, as Harmon (1898, p.32) observes, from:

‘Paul’s references to Peter in the Epistle to the Galatians, certain speeches in Acts that are credited to Peter, some brief character sketches in the Gospels….and, finally, the second Gospel, whose material, form, and motive are generally believed to be due to Peter’s preaching.’

For information on the life and ministry of Peter see my post: 1 PETER  – INTRODUCTION

There is no mention of Peter in the Acts of the Apostles after the time of the Jerusalem Council (see ‘The Jerusalem Council’ in my post ‘SILVANUS‘) but it seems that he was later active in ministry at Antioch (Gal 2:11). Since he addressed his letter to Christians in Asia Minor he may have preached there too.

Peter reached Rome (5:13) c. 63 CE and after preaching there for a short time he was, according to tradition, crucified with his head downwards in 64 or 65 CE. For a refutation of Roman Catholic teaching on the primacy of Peter or that he was Bishop of Rome see ‘A Treatise of the Pope’s Supremacy‘ by Isaac Barrow (1630-1677).

THE READERS

The letter is addressed to Christians in five districts ‘Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia.’ These made up the four Roman provinces in Asia Minor at the time. They are all referred to elsewhere in the New Testament.

PONTUS Acts 2:9; 18:2.

GALATIA Acts 16:6; 18:23; 1 Cor 16:1; Gal 1:2; 2 Tim 4:10.

CAPPADOCIA Acts 2:9

ASIA Acts 2:9; 6:9; 16:6; 19:10, 22, 26, 27; 20:4, 16, 18; 21:27; 24:18; 27:2; 1 Cor 16:19; 2 Cor 1:8; 2 Tim 1:15; Rev 1:4, 11.

BITHYNIA Acts 16:7

Peter describes these believers as ‘temporary residents (exiles) of the dispersion (scattering).’ These descriptions were traditionally applied to Jews dispersed as a result of the Babylonian Captivity (598-538 BCE). A parepídēmos (‘stranger’ or ‘exile’) was someone who had temporarily settled down in a foreign country. The word also occurs in Heb 11:13 and 1 Pet 2:11.

We thus learn that the early Christians were misunderstood and stigmatized by society, which treated them as outsiders. This aligns them with those who were called by God in the Old Testament and became ‘strangers’ as a result (Gen 17:8; 23:4; 28:4; 36:7; 37:1; Lev 25:23; Psa 119:19; 1 Chron 29:15). Note also that Levi called his eldest son Gershon meaning ‘refugee’ or ‘exile’ (Gen 46:11).

Diasporá referred to the scattered state of the Jewish exiles who, after the Captivity, settled mainly in Persia, Syria and Asia Minor. The word is used of these diaspora Jews in Jn 7:35 ‘Then said the Jews among themselves, Whither will he go, that we shall not find him? will he go unto the dispersed among the Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles?’ and occurs also in James 1:1 (see also Zeph 3:10; Isa 11:12). The verb diaspeírō is used in Acts 8:1, 4 to refer to the scattering of Christians from Jerusalem as a result of persecution.

It is not clear if Peter is using these terms in a literal or a metaphorical sense. If literal, then Peter was addressing Hebrew Christians from Palestine who must have been the mainstay of Christian churches in Asia Minor. The following reasons have been advanced for the view that he was addressing Hebrew Christians, not Gentile believers:

a) According to Acts 2:5-9, Jews from Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia heard Peter preach on the Day of Pentecost. Presumably those converted went home and formed Christian assemblies.

b) Peter was the apostle to ‘the circumcision’ (Gal 2:8).

c) Peter calls these people ‘strangers’. They were Jewish exiles.

d) In 1 Peter 1:18 the recipients of the letter are said to have been redeemed from the futile ways inherited from their forefathers. This is a reference to Jewish traditions.

e) In 1 Peter 2:9 the recipients are described in terms that are used of Israel in Exod 19:5-6.

It seems more likely, however, that Peter, with his Jewish background, is using the idea of diaspora metaphorically to describe the situation of believers in Asia Minor who, it seems, were from a predominantly Gentile background (1 Pet 1:14, 18; 2:10, 25; 4:3-4). Just like the people of Israel and Judah exiled from their homeland in the eighth and sixth centuries BCE, the Christians in Peter’s day were a minority scattered throughout a pagan society.

1:2

Here at the beginning of the letter Peter reminds these Christians who are under pressure that they are ‘chosen’ (‘by God’ is implied). In 1 Peter this idea of election is important as it is mentioned three times in chapter two (2:4, 6, 9) and the letter closes with greetings from people who are ‘likewise chosen’ (5:13).

The term ‘chosen’ was used of Israel in the Old Testament (Deut 7:6-8; Isa 41:8-9) but in the New Testament it is applied to Christian believers (Rom 8:33; Col 3:12; 2 Tim 2:10). It would have been of great comfort to these Asian Christians experiencing pressure to realize that they had become ‘God’s own people’ as a result of a special calling.

Matthew Henry comments:

‘Here was a set of excellent people, beloved of God, and yet strangers, dispersed and poor in the world; the eye of God was upon them in all their dispersions, and the apostle was tenderly careful to write to them for their direction and consolation.’

Verse 2 contains three prepositional clauses in which Peter explains this choice in terms of the actions of the Trinity (Father – Spirit – Jesus Christ) in bringing about their full salvation. Note the three prepositions:

a. κατὰ (katá) in accordance with the foreknowledge of God the Father

b. ἐν (en) through or in the sanctifying action of the Spirit

c. εἰς (eis) unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ

This choice (election) is said to originate with God the father and to be in accordance with his foreknowledge. Foreknowledge (prógnōsis) is much more than knowing what will happen in the future and seems rather to imply a deep personal knowledge of someone. This use of the word foreknowledge occurs in reference to Christ in Peter’s speech at Pentecost (Acts 2:23). The verb form is used of Christ (fore-ordained) in 1:20. Many scholars equate foreknowledge and predestination. The RSV and NRSV translations of 1:2 say: ‘chosen and destined by God the Father.’ The emphasis is on God’s effective choice (see also Rom 8:29-30; 9:11; Eph 1:11)

Peter mentions the sanctifying (making holy) action of the Spirit. The idea is of consecration or separation out for God’s purposes. These believers have been separated from an evil world and dedicated to God (2 Thess 2:13). Kelly (1969, p.43) observes: ‘His sanctifying action… became real for the Asian Christians in the movement of faith which led them to Christ…’ Although action is in the past he also allows that ‘the Spirit is continually present in the daily life of believers, developing their faith and deepening their sanctification. Grudem (1992, p.51) argues against putting ‘the activity too exclusively in the past: there is no past tense in the phrase, which literally says, in sanctification of (the) Spirit.’ He relates the phrase to the entire salutation and thus sees it as not referring exclusively to ‘chosen’ but to their entire status as ‘strangers.’

The twin goals of the predestinating choice are obedience and sprinkling with the blood of Jesus Christ. One looks at the human aspect and the other brings out the divine aspect. ‘Obedience’ (hupakoé) denotes ‘submission’ or allegiance’ and has the idea of listening to and obeying instructions. Here it probably refers to willing acceptance of the gospel message (Acts 6:7; Rom 10:16) but Peter also writes about everyday obedience (1:14, 22; 3:6). The ‘sprinkling with the blood of Jesus Christ’ refers to the Lord’s sacrificial and atoning death. The ‘sprinkling’ is doubtless an allusion to the Old Testament sacrifices. Generally speaking the blood of the sacrificial animal was sprinkled on the altar or on the mercy seat in the Tabernacle. There are, however, three cases in which the blood was sprinkled on human beings:

1. Exod 24:5-8 The sealing of the covenant between YHWH and his people.

2. Exod 29:21 The ordination ceremony for Aaron and his sons as priests.

3. Lev 14:6-7 The purification ceremony for a healed leper.

Here the imagery is from the Exodus 24 story in which the sprinkling of blood demonstrated the covenant between the ancient Israelites and their God YHWH (Yahweh) and in which there is also an emphasis on obedience (‘and they said, All that the Lord hath said will we do, and be obedient.’ Exod 24:7). See also Heb 9:18-22; 12:24. Because of the death of Christ (blood shed on their behalf) these chosen believers have been introduced into the new covenant.

Kelly (1969, p.44) explains: ‘the new covenant is made possible by the forgiveness of sins accomplished by Christ’s sacrificial death, which He Himself seems to have interpreted (Mk. xiv. 24 ‘my blood of the covenant’) in the light of Ex. xxiv. 8 in conjunction with Jer. xxxi. 31 ff. and Is. liii.’

The subject of the redemptive work of Christ is mentioned several more times throughout the epistle (1:18-21; 2:21-24; 3:18; 4:1).

Thus each Person in the Holy Trinity acts for the salvation of the believer, the Father foreknows, the Son atones and the Spirit applies the work of the Son.

Peter closes his salutation with the formula ‘Grace unto you, and peace’ which is a combination of the Greek greeting ‘grace’ with the Hebrew greeting ‘peace.’ Paul used it as a greeting in his letters, although he often added ‘from God our father and the Lord Jesus Christ.’ Here Peter adds that grace and peace may be ‘multiplied.’ A prayer for increase occurs also in his second epistle (2 Pet 2:2) and in Jude verse 2. Grace (charis) is spiritual blessing freely bestowed by God and peace (eiréné) is given to those who were once God’s enemies.

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER  – CHRISTIAN HOPE IN TIME OF TRIAL.

OUTLINE OF FIRST PETER


CHAPTER 1


1: 1-2Greeting


1:3-9The work of salvation


1:10-12The witness of revelation


1:13-25The holy life – ‘gird up’



CHAPTER 2


2: 1-3The holy life – ‘grow up’


2:4-12The chosen stone and a chosen generation


2:13-17Submission to government


2:18-25Submission at work



CHAPTER 3


3:1-7Submission in the home


3:8-12Principles of godly living


3:13-22Suffering for righteousness’ sake



CHAPTER 4


4:1-6Suffering as Christ suffered


4:7-19Suffering as a Christian



CHAPTER 5


5:1-4Exhortation to elders


5:5-7Exhortation to laity


5:8-11A warning about the adversary


5: 12-14Farewell and personal greetings

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

1 PETER – INTRODUCTION

1 PETER  – CHRISTIAN HOPE IN TIME OF TRIAL

INTRODUCTION

There are 21 epistles (letters) in the New Testament.

– Thirteen of them were written by the apostle Paul and are therefore known as the Pauline epistles.

The Pauline Epistles fall into three groups:

1) Romans, 1 Corinthians, 2 Corinthians, Galatians, 1 Thessalonians, 2 Thessalonians.

2) The Prison Epistles – These four epistles are thought to have been written when Paul was under house arrest in Rome c 60-62 CE. Ephesians, Philippians and Colossians were written to churches. Philemon was a personal letter.

3) The Pastoral Epistles – 1 Timothy, 2 Timothy, Titus

– The Epistle to the Hebrews is by an unknown author.

– There are a further seven letters which are known as the General or Catholic Epistles because they do not address specific issues in one of the churches but were probably circular letters. These are: James, 1 Peter, 2 Peter, 1 John, 2 John, 3 John, Jude.

1, 2 and 3 John, along with the Gospel of John and the Revelation, are known as the Johannine Writings.

1 and 2 Peter are known collectively as the Petrine Epistles.


DATE & PLACE OF WRITING

Peter’s first letter is thought to have been written shortly before the persecutions of Christians by the Roman emperor Nero which began in 64 CE. In 5:13 the author says that he is writing from Babylon. He may indeed have been writing from Babylon on the Euphrates but it is possible that he may have been writing from Rome. Some think that ‘Babylon’ may have been a code word for Rome; viewing it as the seat of ungodliness and corruption.


THE RECIPIENTS

The recipients are identified in 1:1 as ‘God’s elect, exiles scattered throughout the provinces of Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia and Bithynia.’ The addressees were Christians scattered over a large area consisting of the four provinces of the Roman empire in Asia Minor in the first and second centuries CE (Pontus & Bithynia, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia). Peter’s first letter was written to fellow-Christians who were suffering, or about to suffer, persecution because of their faith in Jesus Christ. It addresses various issues in a compassionate and sympathetic manner. It is referred to in 2 Peter 3:1.

THE AUTHOR

In 1 Peter 1:1 the author identifies himself as the apostle Peter. What does the New Testament tell us about Peter?

1. He was one of Christ’s disciples; also known as apostles and frequently referred to as ‘the Twelve.’

2. He was the most prominent member of the group of disciples. Their names are listed four times in the New Testament (Mt 10:2-4; Mk 10:16-19; Lk 6:12-16; Acts 1:13) and Peter’s name is first in every list. When the references to him are taken together he has more mentions in the New Testament than the apostle Paul (162 mentions). Peter (161), Simon (50), Cephas (6) and in Jn 13:6 ekeínos (that one) usually translated ‘Peter’ (1).

3. He had a popular name. There are other people called Simon in the New Testament:

Simon the Zealot Lk 6:15

Simon the father of Judas Iscariot Jn 6:71

Simon, a half-brother of Jesus Mt 13:55

Simon the Pharisee Lk 7:20

Simon the leper Mt 26:6

Simon of Cyrene Mk 15:21

Simon the magician Acts 8:9

Simon the tanner Acts 9:43

4. He was from Bethsaida near Capernaum (Jn 1:44: Mk1:21, 29) and worked as a fisherman (Mt 4:18; Mk 1:16). He and his brother Andrew seem to have been in a business partnership (Lk 5:4)) with James and John.

5. He was married.

‘And when Jesus was come into Peter’s house, he saw his wife’s mother laid, and sick of a fever.’ Mt 8:14

‘Have we not power to lead about a sister, a wife, as well as other apostles, and as the brethren of the Lord, and Cephas?’ 1 Cor 9:5

6. He did not have a religious education. In Acts 4:13 the Sanhedrin realized that Peter and John were ‘unlearned (agrámmatos) and ignorant men’. This does not necessarily mean that they were illiterate. ‘Without letters’ probably meant that they were not scribes i.e. had not had a formal religious education. Peter would have had the normal schooling of a Jewish boy at that time.

7. He was called by the Lord (Mt 4:18-20) who changed his name to Peter – ‘a stone’- this ordinary man became a great apostle.

8. He was committed to the Lord.

‘And they straightway left their nets, and followed him’. Mt 4:20

‘Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed thee; what shall we have therefore?’ Mt 19:27

9. He recognized and declared the Lord’s deity.

‘And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God.’ Mt 16:16

10. He was not perfect:

a) He spoke up when it was more appropriate to stay quiet (Mk 9:5-7).

b) He rebuked the Lord (Mt 16:21-23; Jn 13:6-9)

c) He denied the Lord three times (Lk 22:54-62). Later he was asked three times if he loved the Lord and was restored (Jn 21:17).

11. He had a varied ministry.

a. He was one of the most trusted disciples. Along with James and John, Peter was one of Jesus’ inner circle. Together these three men were privileged;

– to witness the power of the Lord in the raising of Jairus’ daughter (Mk 5:37)

– to witness the preeminence of the Lord at the transfiguration (Mk 17:1-2)

– to witness the passion of the Lord in the Garden of Gethsemane (Mk 14:32)

b) He suggested that there ought to be a replacement for Judas Iscariot (Acts 1:15)

c) He preached to large crowds on the Day of Pentecost (Acts 2:14-40)

d) He healed a lame man (Acts 3:1-11).

e) He defied the Sanhedrin (Acts 4:1-22)

f) He dealt with the problem of Ananias and Sapphira’s hypocrisy (Acts 5:1-10).

g) He handled the problem of Simon the Magician (Acts 8:9-25).

h) He raised Dorcas from the dead (Acts 9:32-43)

i) He took the gospel to the Gentiles (Acts 10:1 -11:18)

j) He wrote two epistles (1 Pet 1:1; 2 Pet 1:1).

12. He was martyred.

‘Verily, verily, I say unto thee, When thou wast young, thou girdedst thyself, and walkedst whither thou wouldest: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not. This spake he, signifying by what death he should glorify God. And when he had spoken this, he saith unto him, Follow me.’ Jn 21:18-19


THEME

The theme of suffering is prominent in 1 Peter. The word ‘suffering’ and similar words occur 21 times in the letter.

1:6-7 Suffering from trials permitted by God to test the Christian’s faith.

2:19 Suffering for conscience’s sake toward God.

3:14 Suffering for righteousness’ sake.

4:12-14 Suffering for the name of Christ.

5:8-10 Suffering as a result of Satanic opposition.


Chapter 1 SALVATION

Chapter 2 SANCTIFICATION

Chapter 3 SUBMISSION

Chapter 4 SUFFERING

Chapter 5 SHEPHERDING



Chapter 1 HOPE

Chapter 2 HOLINESS

Chapter 3 HOME

Chapter 4 HARDNESS

Chapter 5 HUMILITY


KEYWORDS


‘SUFFERING’

‘PRECIOUS’

‘ BE’

‘GRACE’

‘SALVATION’

‘REVELATION’

‘GLORY’

‘FAITH’

‘HOPE’

1 PETER BIBLIOGRAPHY

1 PETER – OUTLINE

1 PETER 1:1-2 – COMMENTS

1 PETER – 1:3-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 1:13 – 2:3 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:4-10 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:11-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 2:18-25 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:1-12 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:13-17 – COMMENTS

1 PETER 3:18-22 THE SPIRITS IN PRISON

1 PETER 4:1-6 THE GOSPEL PREACHED TO THE DEAD

1 PETER 4:7-19 LIVING WITH ‘THE END’ IN VIEW

1 PETER 5:1-4 – EXHORTATION TO ELDERS

1 PETER 5:5-14 – CLOSING WORDS

Posted in Exposition

(3) THE PRESBYTER-BISHOP IN THE PASTORAL EPISTLES – CONCLUSION AND  BIBLIOGRAPHY

SUMMATION

What is most striking about the qualifications for a presbyter-bishop in 1 Timothy and Titus is their simplicity. They are not vocational qualifications; formal training or academic attainment are not required. One would expect the characteristics to be true of any Christian; apart from the exceptions that a presbyter-bishop must be male, able to teach and not be a recent convert. Both lists begin with the qualifications of being ‘blameless’ and ‘the husband of one wife’ but the remainder seem to be in no set order.

They encompass the presbyter-bishop’s personal situation (able to teach, not a recent convert, a good reputation with outsiders), his family set-up (husband of one wife, managing own household well, having faithful children) and and also moral characteristics which are listed both positively and negatively. A suitable candidate will be never be perfect but these characteristics prove that his life is marked by self-control and by moral and spiritual integrity.

RESPECTING PRESBYTER-BISHOPS

‘The elders who direct the affairs of the church well are worthy of double honour’

According to 1Tim 5:17 church members are to count presbyter-bishops who discharge their responsibilities well as worthy of respect. ‘Honour’ does not necessarily include remuneration (1 Tim 6:1) but the use of the cognate verb in verse 3 and the scripture quotations in v 18 make it clear that Paul had economic assistance in mind rather than just verbal appreciation. ‘Double’ does not indicate a salary scale based on how well an elder performs but rather suggests that an elder has double honour when the respect due to his position is supplemented by the added respect he receives for faithful service.

PROTECTING AND DISCIPLINING PRESBYTER-BISHOPS

Having mentioned those who manage well Paul then contemplates the possibility that some will fail in their duties. He is careful to ensure that presbyter-bishops are protected from false accusations, and insists (1 Tim 5:19) that the Old Testament standard of justice must be applied. Charges must not be entertained unless supported by at least two witnesses. Verse 20 states that ‘those who sin are to be rebuked publicly, so that the others may take warning.’ This is generally understood to refer to sinning elders who are to be ‘rebuked before all’, presumably in the presence of the entire congregation rather than before all the other elders. However, I am inclined to the view that ‘those who are sinning’ refers not only to elders but equally also to those who persist in levelling unsubstantiated false charges against an elder and who must be publicly exposed as a result.

CONCLUSION

In the New Testament the terms presbuteros (elder) and episkopos (bishop) are used interchangeably and can refer to the same person. ‘Presbyter’ laid emphasis on the dignity of the office, ‘bishop’ on the duties. A plurality of presbyter-bishops was the norm in every church. Presbyter-bishops are important for the proper ordering of congregations (Titus 1:5) and fulfil an important role in the administration of church affairs, in teaching, in discipline and in guarding against false doctrine. The qualifications prescribed for presbyter-bishops in 1 Timothy and Titus indicate that they are to be an example to the congregation in their home, in their relationships, and in their personal conduct. They must be above reproach; in everything displaying self-control and highly regarded by unbelievers. Men like this in church leadership are a valuable asset to a Christian assembly and essential to its spiritual health.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Allen J. 1983, ‘1 Timothy’ in What the Bible Teaches, John Ritchie Ltd. Kilmarnock

Beckwith R. 2003, Elders in Every City; The Origin and Role of the Ordained Ministry, Paternoster Press

Brown R E. 1984, The Churches the Apostles Left Behind, Paulist Press

Campbell R. A. 2004, Elders: Seniority Within Earliest Christianity, Continuum International

Eyres L.A. 1975, The Elders of the Church, P&R Publishing, Phillipsburg

Getz G. A. 2003, Elders and Leaders: God’s Plan for Leading the Church, Moody Publishers, Chicago

Hammett, J.S. 2005, Biblical Foundations for Baptist Churches: A Contemporary Ecclesiology, Kregel Academic, Grand Rapids

Helyer L. A. 2002, Exploring Jewish Literature of the Second Temple Period: A Guide for New Testament Students, InterVarsity Press

Hendriksen W. (1957) 2007, ‘Thessalonians, the Pastorals and Hebrews’ in the New Testament Commentary, Baker Academic, Grand Rapids

Hiebert, D. E. 1957, First Timothy in the Everyman’s Bible Commentary, Moody Press, Chicago

Hopko, T. 1999, Women and the Priesthood, St Vladimir’s Seminary Press

Knight G. W. 1992, The Pastoral Epistles in The New International Greek Testament Commentary, Wm. B Eerdmans Publishing Co., Grand Rapids

Lacey, N. 1985, God’s Plan for The Local Church, Grace Publications, London

Marshall I H. 1999, The Pastoral Epistles in the International Critical Commentary, T & T Clark

Merkle, B L. 2008, 40 Questions About Elders and Deacons, Kregel Academic, Grand Rapids

Mounce, W D. 2000, Pastoral Epistles in Word Biblical Commentary, Thomas Nelson Inc.

Nichols, T L. 1997, That All May Be One: Hierarchy and Participation in the Church, Liturgical Press

Ramsay, W. M. (1909) 1966 Historical Commentary on the Pastoral Epistles, Kregel Publications, Grand Rapids

Strauch A. 1995, Biblical Eldership: An Urgent Call to Restore Biblical Church Leadership, Lewis and Roth Publishers, Colorado Springs

West D.E. 1983, ‘Titus’ in What the Bible Teaches, John Ritchie Ltd. Kilmarnock

JOURNAL ARTICLES

Köstenberger A. J. 2003, ‘Hermeneutical and Exegetical Challenges in Interpreting the Pastoral Epistles’, The Southern Baptist Journal of Theology, Vol. 7, No. 3

Köstenberger A. J. 2006, ‘The New Testament Pattern of Church Government’, Midwestern Journal of Theology, Vol. 4, No. 2

Harvey A. E. 1982, ‘”The Workman is Worthy of His Hire”: Fortunes of a Proverb in the Early Church’, Novum Testamentum, Vol. 24, No. 3

Mappes D. A. 1997, ‘The “Elder” in the Old and New Testaments’, Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol. 154, No. 613

Mappes D. A. 1997, ‘The New Testament Elder, Overseer and Pastor’, Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol. 154, No. 614

Mappes D. A. 1997, ‘The Discipline of a Sinning Elder’, Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol. 154, No. 615

Mappes D. A. 1997, ‘The “Laying on of Hands” of Elders,’ Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol. 154, No. 616

Mappes D. A. 1999, ‘The Heresy Paul Opposed in 1 Timothy,’ Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol. 156, No. 624

Posted in Exposition

(2) THE PRESBYTER-BISHOP IN THE PASTORAL EPISTLES – QUALIFICATIONS

This post sets out the eight characteristics of a presbyter-bishop that are listed in both 1 Timothy and Titus, the seven characteristics unique to 1 Timothy and the seven unique to Titus.

QUALIFICATIONSIN 1 TIMOTHY3: 2-7



KJVNIVGREEK WORD



BlamelessAbove reproachanepileptos
Husband of one wifeFaithful to his wifeun andra
VigilantTemperatenephaleos
SoberSelf-controlledsophron
Of good behaviourRespectablekosmios
Given to hospitalityHospitablephiloxenos
Apt to teachAble to teachdidactikos
Not given to wineNot given to drunkennessparoinos
No strikerNot violentplektes
Not greedy of filthy lucren/aaphilargyros
PatientGentleepieikes
Not a brawlerNot quarrelsomeamachos
Not covetousNot a lover of moneyaphilargyros
Ruleth well his own houseManage his own family well
Not a noviceNot a recent convertneophitos
Have a good reportA good reputationmarturia

QUALIFICATIONSIN TITUS 1: 6-9



KJVNIVGREEK WORD



Blameless v6 & v7Above reproachanegkletos
Husband of one wifeFaithful to his wifeun andra
Having faithful childrenWhose children believe
Not selfwilledNot overbearingauthades
Not soon angryNot quick-temperedorgilos
Not given to wineNot given to drunkennessparoinos
No strikerNot violentplektes
Not given to filthy lucreNot pursuing dishonest gainaischrokerdes
A lover of hospitalityHospitablephiloxenos
A lover of good menOne who loves what is goodphilagathos
SoberSelf-controlledsophron
JustUprightdikaios
HolyHolyhosios
TemperateDisciplinedegkrate
Holding fast the faithful wordHold firmly to the trustworthy message

EIGHT CHARACTERISTICS IN BOTH 1 TIMOTHY AND TITUS

1) ‘Above reproach’ (anepileptos) 1 Tim 3:2 ‘Blameless’ (anegketos) Titus 1:6

This is a general qualification meaning that the candidate has a good reputation because his character and conduct are free from moral or spiritual accusations. Most commentators describe this qualification as ‘overarching’ or ‘all-embracing’.

2) ‘Husband of one wife’ (un andra) 1 Tim 3:2; Titus 1:6

In both 1 Timothy and Titus Paul places ‘husband of one wife’ second in the list of qualifications and uses the expression three other times in the Pastoral Epistles (once in reverse, ‘wife of one man’); 1 Tim 3:2, 12, 1Tim 5:9, Titus 1:6. Exactly what he meant by this is unclear but the four main interpretations of this requirement are as follows:

a) A presbyter-bishop must be married.

This interpretation would seem to contradict the teaching of Paul in 1 Corinthians 7 regarding the advantages of singleness in the service of the Lord and it therefore seems unlikely that the apostle is insisting that a presbyter-bishop must be a man who has a wife.

b) A presbyter-bishop must be a man who marries only once. Some have taught that it means that a widowed presbyter-bishop cannot remarry and others that he cannot be divorced and remarry. Towner, quoted by Strauch (1995 p192), says: ‘the point is not how often one can be married, nor precisely what constitutes a legitimate marriage … but rather how one conducts himself in his marriage.’

c) A presbyter-bishop must be monogamous.

Some have argued that Paul’s intention was to prohibit polygamy but according to Mounce (2000, p171) there is no evidence that polygamy was practised among Christians at this time and he points out that assuming that the same interpretation holds true in reverse (when applied to widows, ‘the wife of one man’ 1 Tim 5:9) then there is certainly no evidence of polyandry.

d) A presbyter-bishop must be faithful in the marital realm.

According to this interpretation the apostle Paul was dealing with moral purity and emphasizing faithful, monogamous marriage. This represents a positive statement that a man who has the reputation of being faithful to his wife can be trusted in other areas of life that require integrity and honesty. A presbyter-bishop who has an exclusive relationship with his wife is therefore seen as a suitable candidate for oversight and is deemed to be ‘above reproach.’

3) ‘Managing own family well’ 1 Tim 3:4-5 ‘Having faithful children’ Titus 1:6

The apostle Paul here saw a parallel between the family and the church. He reckoned that a man’s ability to lead and control his family was an accurate indication of his ability to relate to and lead others in the church. One might ask if, as a result of these requirements relating to the family situation, was it considered necessary for a candidate to have more than one child and also for those children to be professing believers?

Just as it is unlikely that a presbyter-bishop had to have a wife, so it follows that an overseer was not required to have a family. If an overseer was married, he was to be faithful to that one woman. If an overseer had a family, then the behaviour of the children was taken into account when assessing his ability to lead the church.

Regarding the question of the children being believers the discussion hinges on the translation of pistos in Titus 1:6 (‘having faithful children not accused of riot or unruly’) which, according to Strauch (1995, p229) ‘can be translated either actively as “believing” (1 Tim 6:2) or passively as “faithful,” “trustworthy,” or “dutiful” (2 Tim 2:2).’ Merkle (2008, p132-133) concedes that the meaning is ambiguous but favours its translation as “faithful” for the following reasons:

a) The words “not accused of riot or unruly” qualify the type of faithfulness that the writer had in mind. ‘Paul is referring to the behavior of the child (“faithful”), not to the status of the child (“believing”).’

b) In view of the fact that the church in Ephesus was longer established and more mature than the church in Crete would Paul have placed a ‘more restrictive burden on the less mature church?’ Is it likely that he would have required a presbyter-bishop in Crete to have children who believed but those in Ephesus to have children who were just to “be in subjection” (1 Tim 3:4)?

c) The view that all of an elder’s children must be professing believers raises more questions than it answers. What if a child is not old enough to understand the gospel and believe? Does the father have to wait? What if one child out of several does not believe? Does that disqualify the father from serving as a presbyter-bishop?

d) The general teaching of the Bible is that salvation is of the Lord and not by any human effort. For example: “For by grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves: it is the gift of God: Not of works, lest any man should boast.” (Ephesians 2:8-9) It is the responsibility of Christian parents to bring up children “in the nurture and admonition of the Lord” (Ephesians 6:4) but there have been many good parents who have done so only to see their children reject their teaching and take a different direction. The apostle Paul would not have required of a father something over which he had no control.

Getz (2003, p169) understands this requirement, especially the words “not accused of riot or unruly”, to refer, not to small children or adolescents, but to grown-up older children who, even though they might have rejected Christianity, would not have embraced the pagan lifestyle but lived moral and upright lives as a result of the good upbringing and influence of their father. He bases this on the use of the word teknon (child) which elsewhere in the Pastoral Epistles refers to grown children. He quotes 1 Timothy 5:4, where the reference is to children who ought to be caring for a widowed mother. Knight (1992, p161) discusses this but concludes that the qualification ‘in subjection’ (1 Tim 3:4) ‘indicates that the “children” in view are those under authority and therefore those not yet of age’.

The arguments put forward by Merkle are very convincing but Getz’s interpretation is interesting and merits consideration.

4) “Self-controlled” (sophron) 1 Tim 3:2; Titus 1:8

This word means “sound in mind” and can also be translated sober, sensible, prudent or discreet. As church leaders are sometimes called upon to make difficult decisions discretion is a vital attribute when handling people and problems.

5) “Hospitable” (philoxenos) 1 Tim 3:2; Titus 1:8

The presbyter-bishop’s home must be open to believers so that he can more easily build relationships and minister to their spiritual needs.

6) “Not a drunkard” (paroinos) 1 Tim 3:3; Titus 1:7

This is a negative qualification which relates to the abuse of alcohol. It disqualifies from church oversight anyone addicted to alcohol (or, by extension, other substances) as that would indicate a lack of self-control. A presbyter-bishop with a “drink problem” would be a stumbling block to others and bring the assembly into disrepute.

7) “Not violent” (plektes) 1 Tim 3:3, Titus 1:7

A presbyter-bishop must not be prone to verbal or physical assault on other people but must be able to handle church tensions and interpersonal conflicts calmly.

8) “Not a lover of money” (aphilargyros) 1 Tim 3:3, “Not pursuing dishonest gain” (aischrokerdes) Titus 1:7

Someone who would be prepared to use his position for personal profit is unfit for oversight. Leaders would most likely have access to assembly funds and must therefore be trustworthy in financial matters.

SEVEN CHARACTERISTICS UNIQUE TO 1 TIMOTHY

1 ) “Temperate” (nephaleos) 3:2

This can refer to temperance in the use of alcoholic drinks but here it probably refers to mental sobriety. The presbyter-bishop must be clear in his thinking and alert to issues relating to spirituality and morality.

2) “Respectable” (kosmios) 3:2

This word suggests proper behaviour and orderliness.

3) “Able to teach” (didactikos) 3:2

This word is used only here and in 2 Timothy 2:24 in Paul’s writings. One who meets this requirement would not only know the scriptures but also have the ability to communicate them effectively.

4) “Gentle” (epieikes) 3:3

Mounce (2000, p176) quotes Hawthorne who says that ‘it is one of the truly great Greek words that is almost untranslatable.’ It suggests someone who is fair, reasonable and who does not always demand his full rights.

5 ) “Not quarrelsome” (amachos) 3:3

This describes someone who will not involve himself in heated arguments and petty disputes.

6) “Not a recent convert” (neophitos) 3:6

Christians need time to learn and mature before undertaking leadership responsibilities. Paul says that someone appointed prematurely to a leadership role is likely to succumb to the sin of pride, as did Satan.

7) “Having a good reputation” (marturia) 3:7

The list of requirements for bishops in 1 Timothy 3 began with the need for a good reputation among believers (above reproach) and it now ends with the need for a good reputation among unbelievers.

SEVEN CHARACTERISTICS UNIQUE TO TITUS

1) “Not overbearing” (authades) 1:7

The presbyter-bishop must not be arrogant. He must not push his personal agenda or advance his own views, preferences and policies.

2) “Not quick-tempered” (orgilos) 1:7

A quick-tempered man is likely to have problems with self-control.

3) “Loves what is good” (philagathos) 1:8

Marshall (1999, P163) translates this as ‘loving what is good’ or ‘loving good people’. A person’s friends and associates are a good indicator of his character and interests.

4) “Just” (dikaios) 1:8

This characteristic involves fairness in dealings with others.

5) “Holy” (hosios) 1:8

A presbyter-bishop must be devoted to the Lord and his work.

6) “Disciplined” (egkrate) 1:8

This word again emphasizes the necessity for self-control.

7) “Holding firmly to the trustworthy message” 1:9

This final requirement in Titus fits the candidate to carry out the two main functions of eldership which are stated in the same verse: ‘so that he can encourage others by sound doctrine and refute those who oppose it.’

Posted in Exposition

(1) THE PRESBYTER-BISHOP IN THE PASTORAL EPISTLES – INTRODUCTION

A local church is not just any gathering of Christians but a group of people (1) who meet recognising Christ as the authoritative Head of the church and (2) whose main aim to please God. It is not therefore free to organise itself as it pleases but must follow the biblical pattern: its membership must be recognised, regenerate, subject to discipline and have authorised leaders. When discussing church polity (government), we are speaking of the roles, duties and qualifications of those in leadership positions. This article focuses on one of the New Testament leadership groups, that of Presbyter-Bishop, as seen in the Pastoral Epistles.

THE PASTORAL EPISTLES

The term ‘Pastoral Epistles’ designates three New Testament letters; 1 and 2 Timothy and Titus. Although addressed to individuals, they are much more than personal, private letters since they deal with matters of church government. This article is written from a conservative perspective and assumes that the three letters are by the Apostle Paul and addressed to the historical Timothy and Titus. They were his co-workers whom he had left in Ephesus and Crete for a limited period in order to carry out some tasks (1 Tim 1:3, 6:20, 2 Tim 4:13, 21 and Titus 1:5, 3:12). All three letters are characterised by two main concerns that are identified by Knight (1992, p.10):

(1) ‘Paul warns Timothy and Titus about a false teaching and exhorts them to stand against it;

(2) Paul gives instructions to the Christians of Ephesus and Crete, through Timothy and Titus, concerning their conduct and church life. In 1 Timothy and Titus the latter includes instructions as to what sort of men are to be appointed to church leadership (1 Tim 3:1- 13; Tit 1:5-9; cf. 2 Tim 2:2).’

The requirements relating to appointment to church leadership in Ephesus and Crete are similar, yet the circumstances differ. In Ephesus, overseers already existed (Acts 20:17) and Timothy was to add to their number. Titus was to ensure that elders were appointed in Crete.

PROBLEMS IN THE CHURCHES

EPHESUS

By the time Paul made his third visit to Ephesus (cf. Acts 18-20) the church had become influenced by false teachers. His reaction was to excommunicate two of them (1 Tim 1:20) and then move on into Macedonia leaving Timothy to correct the error and help the church. Paul then wrote Timothy an authoritative letter (1 Timothy) explaining how he was to discharge his duties, how to deal with false teachers and outlining how the assembly was to conduct itself as the ‘household of God.’ Essential to this conduct was the quality, reputation and behaviour of its spiritual leaders.

The Ephesian church had already been governed by elders for some years but there were problems. Some had become false teachers and those who had not done so had failed to counteract the false doctrine and its effect. Paul therefore addressed the spiritual, moral and personal qualifications of presbyter-bishops in his letter to Timothy.

CRETE

It is unclear if Paul had previously planted churches on the island of Crete or if they had been established before he arrived but it seems that in either case no elders had been appointed. Therefore, on leaving Crete, Paul left Titus behind temporarily to ensure that elders were appointed. Paul also wrote to Titus authorising him to ‘straighten out what was left unfinished’ (Tit 1:5) in every church.

That Paul should leave Timothy and Titus behind in order to temporarily administer the churches shows his commitment to the establishment of good leadership and gives us a glimpse into the management and actual situation in the early churches.


BACKGROUND OF “ELDER” AND “OVERSEER”

presbuteros

It is important to attempt to understand the origin and usage of the terms presbyter and bishop. According to Merkle (2008, p.61-63) the term for elder (zaqen) in the Old Testament refers either to someone who has entered old age or to a community leader who carries out various functions. It usually occurs in the plural referring to a collective body. Merkle identifies three roles in which the elders of Israel functioned they served the nation.

1. They were a representative body which represented the people in religious or political activities.

2. After the exile, they were, along with the governor, the ruling body in Jerusalem (Ezra 5:5, 6:7, 14).

3. They had a judicial function (Deuteronomy 19:12, 21:3, 22:15). The translators of the Septuagint preferred the Greek word presbuteros to translate zaqen, using it 127 times out of 184.

In the Gospels presbuteros usually refers to the chief priests or scribes whom Jesus encountered but in Acts presbuteros refers not only to the Jewish leaders but also to the Christian elders. The latter designation first occurs in Acts 11:30 with no explanation of the new use of the term given by the author.

According to Mappes (1997, Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol. 154, No. 613, p.88) scholars such as Lightfoot argued that this absence of definition ‘was because of the counterpart of elders in synagogues’. Mappes agrees that church eldership was based on eldership in synagogues but points out that there is disagreement among scholars on the similarities between the two and notes the ‘paucity of information regarding the synagogue elder’. On the basis that it is known that synagogue elders functioned as a ‘collegium’, that they were responsible for the well-being of the people, that they had authority and were responsible for the care and communication of the scriptures he concludes that ‘while the synagogal eldership did influence church eldership, the influence was of a general nature.’

Campbell (2004, p.21f) argues that there is no difference between Christian elders and Jewish elders because in each case the designation is just a cultural reference to someone who was respected in the community. He notes that ‘Israelite society was tribal and patriarchal’ and that at each level (tribes, clans and families) leadership was given to the senior males whose functions were accordingly ‘deliberative, representative and judicial’. He emphasises (2004, p.25) that “elders” is a collective term for the leadership and that ‘the word “elder” never occurs in the singular, referring to an officeholder’.

episkopos

Regarding the origin of the term episkopos Mounce (2000, p.165) says that the issue is “shrouded in mystery”. Merkle (2008, p72), identifies three views of origin: as (1) the Old Testament (Isaiah 60:17b) (2) the Greek Societies, or (3) the Jewish mbaqqer (spiritual leader) of the Qumran community but again admits a ‘paucity of evidence.’ One must therefore conclude that how the title arose is uncertain.

ONE ROLE OR TWO?

In any discussion of New Testament church leadership the issue of terminology arises. In the Pastoral Epistles two terms are used; presbuteros (“elder”) and episkopos (“bishop”). Beckwith (2003, p.46ff), commenting on the appointment of presbyters by Paul and Barnabas in the first Gentile churches and referring to Paul’s meeting with the presbyters of Ephesus recorded in Acts chapter 20 says:

‘These are presbyters whom, in accordance with his policy, he had doubtless appointed himself on one of his visits to Ephesus earlier in his second missionary journey. It is here, in verse 28, that we first find presbyters called by their other name of episkopoi, bishops or overseers. Elsewhere in the New Testament, presbyters are referred to in the Pastoral Epistles (1 Tim. 5:17, 19; Tit 1:5), in James 5:14 and in 1 Peter 5:1, and, by their other name of ‘bishops’, in the Pastoral Epistles again (1 Tim 3:1f; Tit 1:7) and in Philippians 1:1. As presbyters they taught, and as bishops they exercised oversight.’

Having pointed out that the two titles are interchangeable Beckwith henceforth refers to the Christian ‘Presbyter-Bishop’, an appropriate and convenient designation that is therefore used in the title and body of this paper.

The emphasis on this dual role of teaching and oversight in the Pastoral Epistles has led some to say that two separate offices are in view; one a ministry of teaching, the other a ministry of ruling. An early exponent of this viewpoint was Calvin (1548, http://www.ccel.org/ccel/calvin/calcom.html) who wrote of 1 Timothy 5:17:

‘We may learn from this, that there were at that time two kinds of elders; for all were not ordained to teach. The words plainly mean, that there were some who “ruled well” and honourably, but who did not hold the office of teachers.’

The following reasons have been offered in support of this view:

1) In the Pastoral Epistles “bishop” is always in the singular, whereas (with the exception of 1 Tim 5:19) “the presbyters” is always in the plural.

2) The use of the definite article “(“the”) in 1 Timothy 3:2 and Titus 1:7 (ton episkopon) suggests that one bishop is above the presbyters.

3) All bishops are responsible to teach (1 Tim 3:2, Tit 1:7) but not all presbyters have this responsibility (1 Tim 5:17).

4) It is unlikely that two separate terms would refer to the one office.

The following have been presented in support of the view that the two terms are synonymous:

1) That the terms are clearly used interchangeably may be demonstrated in three texts; Acts 20:17-19, Titus 1:5, 7, 1 Peter 5:1-2.

2) If presbyter and bishop are two separate offices one would expect Paul to give a list of qualifications for each. In 1 Timothy 1:3-7 and in Titus 1:7-9 the necessary qualifications for bishops are given but presbyters are also mentioned in 1 Timothy (5:17-25) and in Titus (1:5). If presbyter is a distinct office from bishop one would expect the qualifications for such to be clearly stated.

3) According to the Pastoral Epistles presbyters and bishops have the same functions; they both rule (manage) and teach. 1 Timothy 3:4-5 states that a bishop must rule his own household before he is fit to take care of the church. 1 Timothy 5:17 mentions presbyters who “rule well”. Similarly, in 1 Timothy 3:2 a bishop must be ‘apt to teach’ and 1 Timothy 5:17 refers to presbyters who ‘labour in preaching and teaching’.

4) Two distinct offices are not required in order to carry out different functions of
eldership/oversight.

On balance it seems more likely that the two terms represented the same office and that ‘elder’ has more the holder’s character in view, whereas ‘overseer’ his function. It is likely that at first the Christian Jewish assemblies favoured the term presbuteros and the Gentile congregations the term episkopos but that in the course of time both came to be used to describe the church leaders.

A PLURALITY OF PRESBYTER-BISHOPS

The New Testament does not legislate for a specific number of presbyter-bishops in any given congregation but it does clearly envisage a plurality of overseers in every local assembly (Acts 14:23, 15:22, 20:17, Philippians 1:1, James 5:14, 1 Peter 5:1). This was also true of the assemblies in Ephesus and Crete. In 1 Timothy 5:17 Paul refers to ‘the elders who direct the affairs of the church well’ and told Titus (1:5) to ‘appoint elders in every town as I directed you.’ “Elders” is plural and “in every town” is singular, thus indicating multiple elders serving each church on Crete. Plurality of leadership within even small assemblies makes good sense as it ensures accountability, mutual support and shared experience from qualified men.

A NOBLE TASK/DESIRING THE OFFICE

The apostle introduces his list of qualifications for ‘overseership’ in 1 Timothy with the formula ‘faithful is the saying’. ‘Here is a trustworthy saying: If anyone sets his heart on being an overseer, he desires a noble task’ (1 Timothy 3:1). This is one of five such sayings in the Pastoral Epistles (1 Tim1:15, 3:1, 4:9; 2 Tim 2:11; Titus 3:8).

‘Overseership’ or ‘the office of a bishop’(KJV) translates the Greek
word episcope and ‘it represents the position and function of an overseer’ (Strauch, 1995, p186).

‘Noble’ or ‘fine’ translates the word ‘kalos’ and has the idea of ‘excellent’ or ‘worthwhile’.

It is not known where the saying originated but it does suggest that there was a widespread view that oversight of a local assembly was a noble work. Paul is here commending the role of presbyter-bishop as significant and worthy of respect and appreciation on the part of the congregation. Such a fine work demanded a special type of person.

Paul’s requirements that a bishop be ‘the husband of one wife’ (1 Tim 3), and that a woman must not exercise authority in the church (1 Tim 2) make it clear that candidature for the role of presbyter-bishop was open only to males. Getz (2003, p123ff) argues that this is because Paul followed the “Household Model”, viewing the family as a prototype for the church. There was thus a strong emphasis on male leadership with a requirement for presbyter-bishops to be men who manage their own families well (1 Tim 3:4-5).

Paul is drawing an analogy between the role of husband and the role of elder. If a man displays incompetence in the management of his own children at home how would he be a suitable candidate for the additional challenges of leading the church? Just as a husband is to lead his wife and a father is to lead his family, so qualified presbyter-bishops are to lead the family of God; the local church.

Those qualified to undertake this ‘noble task’ would be obvious to all from ongoing evaluation of their life and work. This is the thrust of 1 Timothy 3:10, ‘And let these [deacons] also [like the overseers] first be tested’, of which Allen (1983, p.22) says: ‘Here it is not a period of probation or a formal examination….but a constant observation and scrutiny of the man and the work he is already doing.’

APPOINTING PRESBYTER-BISHOPS

The only verb in the Pastoral Epistles that conveys the idea of appointing is
kathistemi’ in Titus 1:5 where Titus is told to ‘appoint elders’ but this verse does not expand on the formalities surrounding the installation of presbyter-bishops. There appears to be no hint of ordination as we know it today although some understand ‘Do not be hasty in the laying on of hands’ in 1 Timothy 5:22 as referring to formal appointment to office rather than to restoration of the repentant offenders of verse 20.

Someone who aspired to the task of oversight (1 Tim 3:1) and matched the
qualifications in 1 Timothy 3 and Titus 1 would have been publicly chosen either by the congregation or selected by the existing presbyter-bishops fulfilling their scriptural role in ‘managing’ the local church (1 Tim 3:5, 5:17).

Posted in Latin loanwords

COLONIA

‘And from thence to Philippi, which is the chief city of that part of Macedonia, and a colony: and we were in that city abiding certain days.’ Acts 16:12

Greek – κολωνία (kolōnía)
Latin – colonia
English – colony


THE GOSPEL COMES TO EUROPE


After Paul and Silas completed the first stage of the second missionary journey during which they had visited previously established churches in Phrygia and Galatia, they decided to preach the gospel in the next-door province of Asia. Somehow they were ‘forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia’ so they journeyed northwards through Asia until they reached Mysia in northwest Asia Minor. From there they tried to enter Bithynia but again ‘the Spirit suffered them not’. So they travelled south to the seaport of Troas, on the Aegaen Sea. There Paul received his vision of a man from Macedonia calling for help (Acts 16:9), after which the party set sail from Troas and reached the island of Samothrace which was about halfway between Asia Minor and Greece. The following day they disembarked at Neapolis, a port in Macedonia, and travelled some ten miles up the road to Philippi. Some years later the reverse journey took five days (20:6)!


These first Christian missionaries to arrive in Europe must have seemed a motley crew. Two of them, Paul and Silas, were obviously Jews (Acts 16:19-20). Another, Timothy, was half Jewish (Acts 16:1) but probably looked and dressed like a Gentile. The fourth was Luke, who appears to have joined the missionary party at Troas and is thought to have been a Gentile (compare Col 4:11 with 4:14). Luke was the author of the Acts of the Apostles and in 16:10 includes himself with the others (‘we’) as responding to the Macedonian Call. This is the first of five ‘We’ sections in Acts (16:10-17; 20:5-15; 21:1-18; 27:1-29; 28:16) in which the usual third person (he, they) narrative changes to first person plural (we). This suggests that Luke was writing as an eyewitness who had spent some time at Philippi along with the missionaries.


PHILIPPI


Philippi was located in eastern Macedonia (now northern Greece) and strategically situated on a hill surrounded by marshes. There were mountains to the north and south, and also to the south was the port of Neapolis. The city lay on the Via Egnatia which was the only land route from Rome to the East of the empire.

The town, originally named Crenides (‘springs’), was founded by settlers from the Greek island of Thasos around 360 BCE. They began to mine gold and silver from nearby Mt. Pangaion but were so harassed by nearby tribes from Thrace that three or four years later they called on Philip II of Macedon (Alexander the Great’s father) for assistance. Philip was quick to take control of the town in 356 BCE and name it after himself. He fortified Philippi, expanded the mining operations and set up a royal mint nearby. He exploited the natural resources of the area to such an extent that the town declined. The Romans conquered Macedonia c. 167 BCE but Philippi remained relatively unknown until it hit the headlines in 42 BCE as the site of the battle of Philippi. This was between the forces of Octavian and Mark Anthony on the one hand and, on the other, those of Brutus and Cassius (the assassins of Julius Caesar).


After the victory of Octavian and Anthony the town was made a Roman colony; Mark Anthony named it Colonia Victrix Philippensium. Veterans of the campaign were discharged and given land there as compensation for their service. In 30 BCE Augustus renamed it Colonia Augusta Julia Philippensis and resettled more former Roman soldiers. This time the colonists were veterans of a campaign that had ended with the Battle of Actium in 31 BCE. Thus Philippi was very much a military town.

Not only was Philippi martial in character but it was very Roman. As a Roman colony (colonia) the town had special rights; including exemption from poll tax. It also had the privilege of ius italicum (Italian law) of which it was proud. In the Provinces land was regarded as belonging to the Roman state and could not, therefore, be bought. In a colony with ius italicum, however, land could be bought and sold; the transactions being tax-free. The architecture of Philippi was Roman, inscriptions were in Latin and the usual Roman officials ran the colony. The official language was Latin and, although the people mostly spoke Greek, Latin held a strong position. It was the language of the Roman army and would therefore have been spoken by the resettled veterans and their family members, by slaves in Roman households and by employees in the imperial administration.


In areas previously unreached with the gospel Paul’s evangelistic strategy usually involved the establishment of churches in large urban centres from which the message could then be circulated to rural areas. Although his preaching was always aimed at both Jews and Gentiles he tended to first present the gospel to the local Jewish community at their synagogue worship. If they refused to accept it he then moved on to evangelize Gentiles. This procedure was not followed in Philippi, for two reasons. First, Philippi was something of a backwater and, although historically important (‘chief city’ 16:12), it was small. It had a population of about 10,000; tiny compared with Corinth or Thessalonica which numbered c. 80,000 -100,000. Second, hardly any Jews lived there so it did not have a synagogue.


In Acts 16:11-40, Luke gives a flavour of the early days of gospel work in Philippi by detailing three episodes of conversion. The first two concern the conversion of women and are connected with a ‘place of prayer’, the third is the conversion of a man and the setting is a prison. Two of the episodes contain a miracle; an exorcism and a miraculous release from prison. Taken together the stories of conversion remind us that God works providentially in the lives of different kinds of people in order to bring them to faith.


LYDIA


On the Sabbath, since there was no synagogue in Philippi, Paul looked for a ‘place of prayer’. According to the early Jewish historian Josephus (Antiquities, 14.10.23 § 258) Jews were accustomed to meet for prayer beside a river or at the seaside. At a river outside the town Paul found a group of women gathered together to pray. One was a merchant called Lydia who was a dealer in purple. This was an expensive dye used on fabrics and as rouge for cheeks or lips. Having a business that catered to the rich Lydia would have been well-dressed and wealthy herself. She was a native of Thyatira and already a worshipper of the one true God of the Jews. As she listened to Paul’s preaching her ‘heart’ was ‘opened’ and she became a believer in Christ. Not only that, she and her household were baptized (16:15). Then, at her insistence, the missionaries lodged at her home. Thus the church in Europe began with Lydia.


THE SLAVE GIRL


On their way to the place of prayer Paul and his friends met a slave girl who was possessed by a ‘spirit of Python’ (16:16). Python was a surname (epithet) of Apollo, the Greek god of divination. Her fortune-telling was a source of profit for her owners. She followed Paul and his companions shouting: ‘These men are servants of the Most High God, who declare to us a way of salvation’ (Young’s Literal Translation). The term ‘Most High God’ was used by Jews as a title of God, but in that local environment it could equally be understood as a term of respect applied to gods like Zeus or Isis. The slave girl was also shouting that the missionaries were proclaiming ‘a’ (not ‘the’) way of salvation. Paul was tolerant ‘for many days’ but, aware of the ambiguities in her proclamation, he commanded the spirit to leave her. When her owners realized that their source of income had dried up as a result of this they dragged Paul and Silas before the town authorities at the forum and accused them of:


1) Being Jews.


This was a sure way of stirring up the crowd against them as Jews were unpopular in the empire at that time. The emperor Claudius had expelled all Jews from Rome in 49 CE, probably just a few months before this incident. Luke refers to that Edict of Claudius in Acts 18:1.


2) Causing civic unrest.


The Romans were obsessed with maintaining public order in conquered territories, and they ruthlessly suppressed any hint of disturbance. This explains the action of the magistrates (the ‘duumviri’) in Philippi.


3) Promoting customs that were not legal for Romans to adopt.


The Romans insisted that religious cults be licensed as it was generally thought that calamity would come if the old ancestral gods and religious customs were forsaken. Also, the imperial cult was prevalent in Philippi and ‘Saviour and ‘Lord’ were titles of the Roman emperor. Paul may have been preaching about Jesus as ‘the’ Saviour and ‘the’ Lord, and also about the possibility of obtaining citizenship in a different kind of colony. He certainly reminded the Philippian believers about these things in his Epistle to the Philippians, written about five years later:


‘But our citizenship is in heaven. And we eagerly await a Saviour from there, the Lord Jesus Christ’ Phil 3:20 (NIV)


The Romans would have regarded this as treason against Caesar (Jn 19:12; Acts 17:7).


THE PHILIPPIAN GAOLER


The accusations were not related to the exorcism but had the desired effect of stirring up the mob against Paul and Silas. Unfortunately, the magistrates were swayed by the crowd and without properly investigating the matter had Paul and Silas stripped, cruelly flogged, and delivered to the gaoler; who secured them in the inner prison with their feet in stocks. It was unlawful to treat Roman citizens in this way, but they were given no opportunity to say that they had this status.


A dramatic event occurred as Paul and Silas prayed and sang praises to God during the night, while the other prisoners listened. This reminds us that others are looking on and gauging our reactions as Christians when under pressure. Paul and Silas were not moaning and groaning or cursing and swearing about their beating. It is not surprising that they prayed, but how could they have sung in such circumstances?


Then an earthquake released the fastenings of all the prisoners. This earthquake shook the prison foundations but left it standing, burst open its doors, and released the prisoners’ chains. The event must have impressed upon the inmates the fact that God was working. At times God uses circumstances to awaken individuals to the realisation that they are sinners in his sight, and arouse them to their need of salvation. In your case, it may be nothing so dramatic as an earthquake, but it is worth asking yourself the question: ‘What does God have to do to awaken me’?


The Philippian gaoler certainly reacted. Thinking that all the prisoners had escaped, and preferring death to disgrace, he had drawn his sword to kill himself when Paul shouted: ‘Do thyself no harm, for we are all here!’ Having called for a light, the gaoler came in trembling and asked a great question.


‘Sirs, what must I do to be saved?’


(N.B. I have had the following points in my notes for years, unfortunately I cannot reference the original source)


THE REQUEST (Acts 16:30) ‘What must I do to be saved?’

It speaks of:


1) HUMILITY – ‘what must I do’ – it implies that there is a need for salvation.

2) NECESSITY – ‘must’ – it implies that salvation cannot be done without.

3) INDIVIDUALITY – I’ – it implies that salvation is a personal issue. No-one else can receive it on my behalf.

4) AVAILABILITY – God is willing to save a repentant sinner.


THE REPLY (Acts 16:31) ‘Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, and thy house[hold]’

It speaks of:


1) A Person – ‘the Lord Jesus Christ

2) A Plan – ‘’believe on the Lord Jesus Christ’

3) A Promise – ‘thou shalt be saved’


THE RESULTS (Acts 16:33-34)


1) Salvation – ‘believing in God with all his house.’

2) Service – ‘And he took them the same hour of the night, and washed their stripes”

3) Satisfaction – ‘and rejoiced’


Verse 32 is very important: ‘And they spake unto him the word of the Lord, and to all that were in his house.’ Paul and Silas did not expect the gaoler to profess faith in the Lord Jesus Christ without first receiving an explanation of the facts of the gospel. The passage might suggest that they preached the gospel to him even before their wounds were dressed.


The next morning the magistrates, (perhaps realizing that they had acted unfairly and wishing to send the prisoners away as quietly as possible), sent the police (lictors), who ordered the gaoler to release Paul and Silas. Paul, however, refused to leave until the issue of their Roman citizenship was addressed. It was bad enough that Roman citizens had been imprisoned without a trial but the fact that it was illegal to flog Roman citizens created a major headache for the magistrates. They came to the prison themselves and tried to placate Paul and Silas. After receiving an official apology Paul and Silas were escorted from the prison, and went back to Lydia’s house to confer with the believers before leaving Philippi.


Paul maintained a close relationship with this assembly in the colony of Philippi, the first Christian assembly in Europe, and it, in turn, was supportive of his missionary work; sending him financial assistance on several occasions. (Phil 4:10, 15-16; 2 Cor 11:9).

Posted in General

ARE YOU READY?

No-one knows what lies ahead in 2021 but Christians need not be taken unawares. How prepared are we in the following areas? Are we:

I. READY TO ANSWER (1 Peter 3:15)

‘But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear’

II. READY TO PREACH (Romans 1:15)

‘So, as much as in me is, I am ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also.’

III. READY TO DISTRIBUTE (1 Timothy 6:17-18)

‘Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not high-minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy: That they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate:’

IV. READY TO SUFFER AND/OR DIE FOR THE LORD (Acts 21:13; 2 Tim 4:6 )

‘Then Paul answered, What mean ye to weep and to break mine heart? for I am ready not to be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.’

‘For I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand.’

V. READY TO FEED THE FLOCK (1 Peter 5: 2)

‘Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the oversight thereof , not by constraint, but willingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind;’

VII. READY FOR HEAVEN (Matthew 25:10)

‘the bridegroom came; and they that were ready went in with him to the marriage: and the door was shut.’

What know I of the coming year
Or what ’twill bring to me
Whether it’s close will find me here
Or in eternity?

Posted in Exposition

ROMANS 11:25-36

DISCOURSE 3 continued

‘I do not want you to be ignorant of this mystery, brothers and sisters, so that you may not be conceited: Israel has experienced a hardening in part until the full number of the Gentiles has come in, and in this way all Israel will be saved. As it is written: “The deliverer will come from Zion; he will turn godlessness away from Jacob. And this is my covenant with them when I take away their sins.” As far as the gospel is concerned, they are enemies for your sake; but as far as election is concerned, they are loved on account of the patriarchs, for God’s gifts and his call are irrevocable. Just as you who were at one time disobedient to God have now received mercy as a result of their disobedience, so they too have now become disobedient in order that they too may now receive mercy as a result of God’s mercy to you. For God has bound everyone over to disobedience so that he may have mercy on them all.’ Roman 11:25-32 (NIV)

Throughout this chapter Paul has been developing his argument concerning the status of Israel in the history of salvation. He has just been addressing the possibility that Gentiles might say that God has totally rejected Israel and instead called in the Gentiles. Having insisted that the salvation of Jews is possible, and suggested that it is probable, he now goes on to assert that it is inevitable. Moo (2094, p.198) observes:

‘By common agreement, the pinnacle of Romans 9-11 is reached in 11:22-32, and especially in Paul’s claim that “all Israel will be saved” (11:26a). Here is the final and decisive answer to the question about God’s faithfulness in carrying out his promise to Israel.’

In order that the believers at Rome might not be ignorant of the salvation of ‘all Israel’ and be conceited as a result Paul presents the information to them as a mystery’. Bruce (2000, p.334) observes:

‘Paul’s own sympathies were manifestly engaged in this matter, but he does not present his forecast of Israel’s restoration as the product of wishful thinking but as the substance of a “mystery” – an aspect of the divine purpose formerly concealed but now divulged.’

V.25 mentions ‘a hardening in part until the full number of the Gentiles has come in.’ That Israel was partially hardened’ (or ‘blinded’) could not be the mystery as this has already been mentioned in 11:7 (and hinted at in the ‘stumbled’ of 9:32). Nor could the mystery have been that Israel would be saved as that was widely expected by the Jews. Paul reveals the mystery with the word ‘until’. The reversal of the partial hardening will be when the full number of elect Gentiles has come in. The mystery is that the hardening is temporary (‘until’ v.25) and that it would be ‘so,’ that is, ‘in this way’ (in tandem with Gentile believers, v.26) that ‘all Israel will be saved.’

There are two major interpretative issues relating to v.26. First, what is the meaning of ‘all Israel?’

1. Does it refer to ethnic Jews or to the Church (all believers both Jew and Gentile)?

2. The second is the time and manner of Israel’s salvation. Is it a future
eschatological event subsequent to the coming in of the full number of elect Gentiles or a process occurring throughout history in tandem with the salvation of Gentiles in this age?

The disagreement on these issues by scholars has caused Moo (1996, p.719) to describe the opening words of v.26 as ‘the storm center in the interpretation of Romans 9-11 and of the NT teaching about the Jews and their future.’ Various interpretations have been suggested for ‘all Israel’ but most are variations of one of the following three: the church, the nation or the remnant.

All Israel’ as the Church.

Theologians such as Calvin and more recently Barth (1968) and Wright (1991, p.250) interpret ‘all Israel’ in Romans 11:26 metaphorically as the Church, the spiritual Israel composed of Jews and Gentiles. This fits with the likelihood that the church at Rome was divided and that Paul was calling for unity, which would serve his own short-term missionary goals and also advance the mission of the whole Christian church. It is, however, unlikely that ‘all Israel’ refers to the whole people of God as that would
give ‘Israel’ a new meaning which is unsupported elsewhere in Romans.

The term usually refers to Israel as a whole, or is sometimes narrowed down to refer to a part of Israel. It is never widened to include Gentiles. ‘Israel’ occurs eleven times in Romans 9-11 (9:6, 27, 31; 10:1, 19, 21; 11: 2, 7, 25) before 11:26 and refers to either ethnic Israel or a part of it, in contrast with the Gentiles. Having maintained a distinction between ethnic Israel and the Gentiles throughout Romans 9-11 and having used it in v.25 to refer to ethnic Israel in contradistinction to Gentiles it is unlikely that Paul would make such a fundamental shift in meaning in v.26a.

All Israel’ as the nation.

The majority view is that ‘all Israel’ refers to ethnic Israel, but not necessarily every individual. Dunn (1988, p.681) defines Israel as: ‘a people whose corporate identity and wholeness would not be lost even if in the event there were some (or indeed many) individual exceptions.’ ‘All Israel’ is viewed as the majority of Jews on earth who, after the full number of Gentiles has been saved, accept what Fitzmyer (2004, p.182) terms the ‘parousiac Christ’ in a worldwide, large-scale, mass conversion.

This viewpoint is somewhat misleading as it suggests a difference between physical Israel and the Church in the matter of salvation and stresses a literal fulfilment of prophecy about Israel. This view that ‘all Israel’ is the nation denies that the Church is the culmination of God’s saving plan.

All Israel’ as the remnant.

According to this view ‘all Israel’ refers to the elect of ethnic Israel throughout history. Israel will experience a partial hardening to the end of time (‘until the full number of the Gentiles has come in’) but God will always save a remnant of Jews. ‘All Israel’ will be saved in the same way as Gentiles are being saved: as they believe, throughout the course of history. The ‘mystery’ in 11:25 is not the fact of the remnant’s salvation but the manner in which they are saved. ‘And so’ (11:26a) means ‘in this manner’ and refers back to the arousal of Jews to envy so that some might turn to Christ for salvation (11:11-13).

This viewpoint fits the context of Romans 9-11. In chapter 9 Paul maintains that God is faithful in spite of Israel’s rejection of the Messiah as his promise to save Abraham’s descendants was not on the basis of national identity. The true Israel consists of children of the promise, rather than ethnic Jews. In 10:12 Paul shows that there is no distinction between Jew and Gentile in the matter of salvation. God’s promises are not fulfilled in the nation but in the believing remnant.

Paul’s is thinking very much of the present, not on the long-range future. Romans chapter 11 is contemporary in nature. In v.5 Paul speaks of ‘the present time’, in which there is a ‘remnant’ (vv.2-4) and also those who were ‘hardened’ vv.8-10. Paul ‘exalts’ his ministry (v.13) in order to ‘save some’ in his own day (v.14). The Gentileswhom he was addressing were his contemporaries and he was hoping that the salvation of contemporary Gentiles would provoke Jewish contemporaries to jealousy and salvation. He was not labouring to provoke the Jews to jealousy in order to bring about a future mass conversion of ethnic Israel. That the Israelite branches broken off are contemporary as are the engrafted Gentiles is confirmed by the threefold ‘now’ in vv. 30-31. It is ‘now’ (in Paul’s day), that Israel is receiving mercy.

Some might object that ‘Israel’ in v.26 should have the same meaning as ‘Israel’ in v.25 which clearly refers to ethnic Israel (the remnant plus the hardened remainder). Paul however, has already used ‘Israel’ to refer to both the nation and the elect within the nation (‘For not all who are descended from Israel are Israel’) in 9:6, in one sentence. Wright (1991, p.250) contends that:

‘It is impermissible to argue that ‘Israel’ cannot change its referent within the space of two verses, so that ‘Israel’ in v. 25 must mean the same as ‘Israel’ in v. 26: Paul actually began the whole section (9.6) with just such a programmatic distinction of two ‘Israels’, and throughout the letter (e.g. 2.25-9) … he has systematically transferred the privileges and attributes of ‘Israel’ to the Messiah and his people.’

The climax of Paul’s discussion of God’s faithfulness in spite of Israel’s failure to receive the gospel is the assertion in 11:26a: ‘And so all Israel will be saved.’

In vv. 26-27 Paul supports his statement about the salvation of all Israel with an OT quotation based on Isaiah 59:20-21 and on Isaiah 27:9. Although using it to prove his point about the salvation of ‘all Israel’ Paul deliberately modifies the text and quotes it as ‘the deliverer will come from Zion, rather than ‘to Zion’ thus emphasizing his Messianic interpretation of the verses and identifying Jesus as the deliverer rather than God himself. Some might contend that Paul was writing after the first coming of Christ and was waiting for the deliverer of Israel to come but it is my view that ‘will come’ and ‘will turn’ point to the future from the perspective of the OT prophet, not from Paul’s first century standpoint, and thus refer to what Christ did at his first coming rather than to something that will occur at his second. The verses contain three main assertions:

1) ‘The deliverer will come from Zion.’

2) He will ‘turn godlessness away from Jacob.’

3) This would establish God’s covenant, which promised forgiveness of sins.

Wright (1997, pp. 108-109) views the latter assertion as the climax of Romans 9-11 and, speaking of Israel, claims:

‘When Paul’s fellow Jews rejected Jesus (as Paul did himself to begin with), and when they continue to reject the message about Jesus which Paul proclaims, he sees the underlying reason: they recognize, as he has had to recognize, that it will mean abandoning the idea of a covenant membership which will be inalienably hers and hers alone. So the great argument of Romans 9-11 goes on its way, reaching at its climax the most significant statement, quoting from Jeremiah 31:33 and Isaiah 27:9 – this will be my covenant with them, when I take away their sins (Romans 11:27). … Paul holds firmly to the hope that the renewal of the covenant which has taken place in Jesus the Messiah will be effective not only for Gentiles but also for Jews who will come, as he himself has done, to faith in Jesus as the Jewish Messiah.’

According to proponents of the Dual-Covenant theory the Deliverer is not Christ but God who will deliver Israel from its partial hardening in an independent act of mercy that does not involve acceptance of Jesus as the Messiah. Fitzmyer (2004, p.181) explains that:

‘The main reason given for this interpretation is the fact that Christ has not been mentioned so far in chap.11, and indeed not since 10:17. Christ is not being envisaged, then, as the deliverer. Thus the solution to the problem of Israel is sought in an act of God’s mercy manifested toward the Chosen People of old. The “covenant” (11:27) would still be the everlasting covenant between Yahweh and Israel (2 Sam. 23:5). So these words of Paul have been interpreted by K. Stendahl, M. A. Getty, P. Lapide and P. Stuhlmacher.’

Regarding bi-covenantal teaching Zeisler (1989, p. 285-286) observes:

‘It has been suggested that, as Paul never states that they will become Christians, he allows for the possibility that somehow at the End God will bring together those who have followed two different tracks to being his people: the track taken by the remnant and by believing Gentiles, the Christian track; and the track of historical Israel, relying on God’s grace in his ancient covenant with them. This suggestion…is scarcely congruous with Paul’s argument and in particular with his argument towards the end of the olive tree passage. There the broken-off branches were grafted back in precisely when they no longer persisted in their lack of belief, i.e. when they came to faith in Jesus Christ. It is too much to suppose that Paul sees God as having two strategies, one for repentant branches and one for unrepentant branches, cf. Also vv.26f., 31. If that were the case, why should repentance matter?’

The view that there is a ‘Sonderweg’ (separate way) for Israel does not fit with the general thrust of the letter as throughout it Paul insists on salvation through faith in Christ for Jew and Gentile alike (1:16; 4:25; 10:9). Das (2003, p.105) maintains that:

‘Paul simply does not treat God’s salvation of Israel separately from the salvation of Gentiles. In Romans 11:31 he writes:” by means of the mercy shown to you [Gentiles], they, the Jews, will now receive mercy” (see also 11:13-16). The Jews’ reception of mercy by means of the Gentiles’ reception of mercy demonstrates that the two-covenant thesis of separate paths to salvation is simply wrong. The “two-covenant” approach does not explain why the Gentiles must experience mercy in order for the Jews to experience mercy. Paul speaks of one olive tree representing Israel’s heritage as the same tree on which the Gentiles are grafted. He does not speak of two separate trees. Since a single tree represents their respective paths to salvation, the Jews must likewise place their faith in the Jewish Messiah as the fulfilment to which the Mosaic Law had pointed all along.’

Speaking of those Israelites that will be saved (the ‘all Israel’ of v.26) Paul views their relationship to God from two different angles in v.28:

1) As far as the gospel is concerned, they are enemies on your account.

2) As far as election is concerned, they are loved on account of the patriarchs.

These two parallel clauses contain three word pairs: gospel/election, enemies/loved, and on your account/on account of the patriarchs. The statement ‘as far as election is concerned’ indicates that although they are considered enemies when viewed according to their rejection of the gospel, they are considered beloved when viewed in reference to God’s choice. That v.28 is not a statement of the corporate status of Israel as a nation is clear from v.29, which speaks of an ‘irrevocable call,’ and confirmed by vv. 30-31 in which Paul contrasts saved Jews with the saved Gentiles whom he is addressing.

In vv. 28-32 Paul summarizes the arguments he has made in chapters 9-11:

1) ‘Enemies’: Israel, having rejected the gospel (9:30-10:21), was rejected by God (9:6-29).

2) ‘On your account’: The rejection of the Jews led to the inclusion of the Gentiles (11:11-15)

3) ‘Election’: God has chosen to accept some and reject others which is the theme of chapter 9.

In v.30 Paul further expands on the point made in vv. 11-15 that the disobedience of the Jews has resulted in salvation for the Gentiles and says (v.31) that the Jews have ‘now become disobedient in order that they too may now receive mercy.’ The implication is that while one part of Israel is now disobedient another part (the remnant) is now receiving mercy. Robertson (2000, p.191) agrees:

‘In the end, God’s gracious activity of calling the elect within Israel to salvation is tied to the present hour by Paul’s threefold use of an emphatic “now.” Gentiles now have been shown mercy; Jews now have been disobedient, that they may also now be shown mercy (Romans 1:30-31).’

In v.32 Paul summarizes God’s purpose for both Jew and Gentiles alike: ‘For God has bound all men over to disobedience so that he may have mercy on them all.’ The outlook for humanity is hopeless apart from the mercy of God. In view of what Paul has said earlier about punishment (1:18; 2:5-11; 6:21-23; 9:22, 28) ‘mercy on all’ does not mean universal salvation but refers to the fact that God’s mercy will be shown to Jew and Gentile alike. Morris (1988, p.426) contends:

‘Paul is not saying that God predetermined that all should sin, but rather that he has so ordered things that all people, Jew and Gentile alike, being disobedient, show themselves to be sinners (cf. 1:24, 26, 28) and have no other escape than through his mercy.’

11: 33-36 Doxology

From him – Through him – To him

‘Oh, the depth of the riches of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable his judgments, and his paths beyond tracing out! “Who has known the mind of the Lord? Or who has been his counselor?” “Who has ever given to God, that God should repay them?” For from him and through him and for him are all things. To him be the glory forever!’ Rom 11:32-36 (NIV)

In vv. 33-36 theology becomes doxology. Having contemplated God’s inscrutable purposes and plans for the salvation of both Jews and Gentiles the apostle worships and glorifies him for the wisdom which lies behind them. Vv. 34-35 contain a quotation from Isaiah 40:13 and another (slightly modified) from Job 41:11. Together they pose three rhetorical questions, each beginning with ‘Who has’ and each expecting the negative answer ‘No one!’

‘Who has known the mind of the Lord?’

‘Who has been his counselor?’

‘Who has ever given to God, that God should repay them?’

No one can understand God, no one can tell God what to do and no one can accuse God of unfairness. Paul ends (v.36) by using the prepositions ‘from’, ‘through’ and ‘to’ in an affirmation that God is the creator, sustainer and goal of creation:

For from him and through him and to him are all things. To him be the glory forever! Amen.

View my posts:

Introduction to Romans chapters 9-11

Romans 9:1-5 Paul’s Lament

Romans 9:6-29

Romans 9:30- 10:21

Romans 11:1-24

Romans 9-11 Bibliography

Posted in Exposition

ROMANS 11:1-24

Discourse 3 11:1-36

THESIS: God has not rejected those whom he foreknew. 11:1-2

Having shown that righteousness and salvation are by faith in Jesus Christ and having explained God’s sovereignty (chapter 9) and also human responsibility (chapter 10) in the matter, Paul in chapter eleven continues his consideration of the status of Israel in God’s plans. He does this in light of his arguments in chapters 9 and 10; particularly the salvation of Gentiles. Hunter (1955, p.99) says of chapter 11:

‘We now reach the third stage in Paul’s ‘theodicy’. In chapter 9 he argues: ‘God is sovereign and elects whom he wills.’ In chapter 10 he says: ‘This is not the whole truth. God’s judgement on Israel is not arbitrary, for in fact the Jews’ own disobedience led to their downfall.’ But he cannot rest in this sad conclusion, and therefore in chapter 11 he goes on to say, ‘This is not God’s last word. Israel is not doomed to final rejection. Her temporary lapse forms part of God’s great plan. Through Israel’s lapse the Gentiles have found salvation. And Gentile acceptance of the gospel is meant to so move the Jews to jealousy (at seeing their own promised blessings in Gentile hands) that they will ultimately accept what they now reject. And so all Israel will be saved.’

11:1-10 ISRAEL’S HARDENING IS NOT TOTAL

‘I ask then: Did God reject his people? By no means! I am an Israelite myself, a descendant of Abraham, from the tribe of Benjamin. God did not reject his people, whom he foreknew. Don’t you know what Scripture says in the passage about Elijah—how he appealed to God against Israel: “Lord, they have killed your prophets and torn down your altars; I am the only one left, and they are trying to kill me”? And what was God’s answer to him? “I have reserved for myself seven thousand who have not bowed the knee to Baal.” So too, at the present time there is a remnant chosen by grace. And if by grace, then it cannot be based on works; if it were, grace would no longer be grace. What then? What the people of Israel sought so earnestly they did not obtain. The elect among them did, but the others were hardened, as it is written: “God gave them a spirit of stupor, eyes that could not see and ears that could not hear, to this very day.” And David says: “May their table become a snare and a trap, a stumbling block and a retribution for them. May their eyes be darkened so they cannot see, and their backs be bent forever.” Rom 11:1-10 (NIV)

Having concluded the previous section with a picture of God willing the salvation of a people who reject him Paul addresses the possibility that God has, in turn, rejected Israel. Chapter 11 therefore opens with a rhetorical question: ‘Did God reject his people?’ This question, according to Moo (1996, p. 672, footnote 9), expects a negative answer: ‘God has not rejected his people, has he?’ Paul is aiming to impress upon his readers that although Israel is ‘a disobedient and obstinate people’ (10:21) God has not totally rejected them. He reinforces this by answering his own question with a strong negative; ‘By no means!’ and points to himself as living proof that God is still saving Jews. He underlines that he is himself a Jew by emphasizing that he is ‘an Israelite’, ‘a descendant of Abraham’ and ‘from the tribe of Benjamin’. These three statements underline not only his commitment to the nation as a Jew but also highlight his awareness of his personal place in the remnant.

Having posed the question of v.1 and given a negative answer he then proceeds in v.2 to repeat the point as a positive statement: ‘God did not reject his people, whom he foreknew.’ Foreknowledge (proegnoo) has to do with the action of God in marking out for special affection and attention. Moo (1996, p. 674) writes:

‘The temporal prefix, “fore-” (pro), indicates further that God’s choosing of Israel took place before any action or status on the part of Israel that might have qualified her for God’s choice. How could God reject a people whom he in a gracious act of choice had made his own?’

Since ‘his people’ in v.1 refers to Israel as a whole it is unlikely that it would have a different meaning in v.2. It is not therefore to be understood in a restrictive sense (i.e. that God only foreknew the elect remnant) but reflects the OT and wider Jewish corporate sense of election by which God guaranteed blessings for the nation as a whole, but not necessarily the salvation of every individual member. So Paul is emphasizing that God has not rejected ethnic Israel.

In vv. 2-4 Paul gives a further proof of God’s faithfulness to Israel based on the story of Elijah (1 Kings 19:1-18). He takes up this analogy from the past (vv. 2b-4) and applies it to the present in v.5. In Elijah’s day the northern kingdom had gone over to Baal worship to such an extent that the prophet Elijah felt totally alone. After the contest on Carmel (1 Kings 18), his victory experience soon faded. Following death threats from Queen Jezebel, Elijah ran away, travelling until he came to Mount Horeb. Paul (v.3) summarises his prayer from a cave there: ‘Lord, they have killed your prophets and torn down your altars; I am the only one left, and they are trying to kill me.’ God’s answer (v.4) on that occasion was: ‘I have reserved for myself seven thousand who have not bowed the knee to Baal.’

In v.5 Paul cleverly applies the OT story to his teaching about Israel in the present. In Elijah’s day Israel was at such a low spiritual ebb that Elijah considered the situation to be hopeless. God, however, had preserved for himself a remnant (only seven thousand) which was a pledge of hope for the future of the nation. Paul did not wish the audience of his day to draw a similar conclusion to that of Elijah in the face of widespread unbelief on the part of Jews. Just as the defection of the majority to Baal worship in ancient history did not invalidate God’s gracious choice of the nation; neither would the rejection of Jesus as Messiah do so ‘at the present time.’ Paul (vv.5-6) makes it clear that the remnant was chosen on the basis of God’s grace and not because of ethnic identity or meritorious works.

In v.7 Paul deals with the ramifications (‘what then?’) of his teaching on the remnant and says that the ones who did obtain grace were the elect, and the rest were hardened. The irony of the situation is that the majority of Israel had tried unsuccessfully to obtain salvation through good works but only a remnant, because of God’s choosing, obtained it. Paul thus distinguishes three interconnected entities: Israel as a corporate nation; then two groups within national Israel; an elect remnant and those who ‘were hardened’. He views this ‘hardening’ as the action of God.

In vv. 8-10 Paul illustrates the concept of hardening with OT quotations introduced by the words: ‘it is written.’ As ‘proof’ that hardening was God’s intention for Israel Paul combines and modifies Deut. 29:4 and Psalm 69:22-23 which contain the phrase ‘eyes that they could not see’ (11:8;10). He presents this as evidence of an intentional ‘hardening’ by God, punishing the Jews for persistent unbelief. The quotation ‘God has given them a spirit of stupor’ is from Isaiah 29:10 and has the idea of ‘numbness’, suggesting insensitivity to the gospel. In vv. 9-10, he quotes from Psalm 69:22-23 in which David speaks of his enemies saying: ‘may their eyes be darkened so that they cannot see, and their backs be bent forever.’ Paul is suggesting that this comes upon the Jews who reject the gospel. They will be blind to the gospel and bent over like a
blind person groping in the dark. Such a pessimistic note would seem at this stage to confirm rather than deny the suggestion in verse one that God has rejected his people. God’s motive for the hardening, however, is revealed in v.11.

VV. 11-24 ISRAEL’S HARDENING HAS FACILITATED THE SALVATION OF THE GENTILES.

‘Again I ask: Did they stumble so as to fall beyond recovery? Not at all! Rather, because of their transgression, salvation has come to the Gentiles to make Israel envious. But if their transgression means riches for the world, and their loss means riches for the Gentiles, how much greater riches will their full inclusion bring! I am talking to you Gentiles. Inasmuch as I am the apostle to the Gentiles, I take pride in my ministry in the hope that I may somehow arouse my own people to envy and save some of them. For if their rejection brought reconciliation to the world, what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? If the part of the dough offered as firstfruits is holy, then the whole batch is holy; if the root is holy, so are the branches. If some of the branches have been broken off, and you, though a wild olive shoot, have been grafted in among the others and now share in the nourishing sap from the olive root, do not consider yourself to be superior to those other branches. If you do, consider this: You do not support the root, but the root supports you. You will say then, “Branches were broken off so that I could be grafted in.” Granted. But they were broken off because of unbelief, and you stand by faith. Do not be arrogant, but tremble. For if God did not spare the natural branches, he will not spare you either. Consider therefore the kindness and sternness of God: sternness to those who fell, but kindness to you, provided that you continue in his kindness. Otherwise, you also will be cut off. And if they do not persist in unbelief, they will be grafted in, for God is able to graft them in again. After all, if you were cut out of an olive tree that is wild by nature, and contrary to nature were grafted into a cultivated olive tree, how much more readily will these, the natural branches, be grafted into their own olive tree!’ Rom 11:19-24 (NIV)

Having shown that the message of the gospel has divided Israel into ‘the remnant’ that attains righteousness by the grace of God and ‘the rest’ who are hardened and excluded from salvation Paul proceeds to show that this is not necessarily a permanent situation. He introduces a novel interpretation of the position of Jews in God’s plan of salvation. Indisputably the majority of the nation had stumbled, but he insists that they had not fallen beyond recovery. Despite the bleak picture he is optimistic. The key issue is stated in v.11: ‘Is Israel’s rejection final? Having already said (11:1-10) that Israel’s rejection is not total; he now argues that Israel’s rejection is not final. He has strong words of warning for Gentile believers at Rome who seemed proud that they had received salvation while the Israelites had rejected it. Wright (1991, p.247) assesses the possible reasons for Paul’s annoyance at their attitude:

‘It is at this point, I believe, that Paul addresses one of the key issues of the entire letter. His mission, he has emphasized from the outset, is ‘to the Jew first and also to the Greek’. He suspects that the Roman church … is only too eager to declare itself a basically gentile organisation perhaps, (and this can only be speculation, but it may be near the mark) in order to clear itself of local suspicion in relation to the capital’s Jewish population, recently expelled and more recently returned. But a church with a theology like that would not provide him with the base that he needs for his continuing mission, in Rome itself and beyond. It would result, as Paul sees only too clearly in light of his Eastern Mediterranean experience, in a drastically split church, with Jewish and Gentile Christians pursuing their separate paths in mutual hostility and recrimination. Instead, in this section and in vv.17-24 he argues with great force that Jews can still be saved, and indeed that it is in the interests of a largely gentile church not to forget the fact.’

In 11:11 Paul harks back to 9:32-33 which speak of Israel’s stumbling over the Messiah and asks ‘Did they stumble so as to fall beyond recovery?’ and again answers: ‘Not at all!’ Israel has indeed stumbled but Paul rejects any suggestion that the fall is fatal and irretrievable. In fact, in v.11b, he argues that the purpose of their fall, and the subsequent salvation of Gentiles, was to make Israel jealous. When the Jews saw the wonder of salvation in Christ, they would want it for themselves. Paul continues his unusual logic in v.12 by stating that the fall of Israel was actually good for the world.

V.12 speaks of Israel’s ‘transgression’ and ‘loss’ which have resulted in
‘riches for the world’ and ‘riches for the Gentiles.’ The rejection of Jesus as Messiah had been a tragic loss for the Jews. That being the case, says Paul: ‘how much greater riches will their fullness bring?’ Whether one interprets these words as quantitative (‘loss’ and ‘full number’) as does Moo (1996, p.688), or qualitative (‘diminishing’and ‘completion’), the net result is that what is currently defeat will one day become a victory; benefitting the world.

The Gentile believers at Rome were possibly wondering why the apostle to the Gentiles was devoting such attention to a discussion of the Jews so Paul applies the teaching to his own ministry in vv.13-14. Addressing them as ‘you Gentiles,’ he says that his mission to the Gentiles is important for the salvation of Jews. He wants to ‘exalt’ his ministry to the Gentiles in order to move some of his own people to jealousy (an idea introduced in v. 11b) and conversion. Whenever Paul, preached, saw Gentiles converted and live Christian lives that provoked Jews to accept Jesus as Messiah, then his ministry was magnified. The desire to see Jews converted was thus a major motivating factor in his missionary outreach to Gentiles. Paul adds, ‘For if their rejection is the reconciliation of the world, what will their acceptance be, but life from the dead?’ If the impact of Jewish rejection by God (or possibly, their rejection of the gospel) was great blessing (reconciliation) to the world, then the thought of the impact of Israel’s acceptance of the gospel is so staggering to Paul that he calls it “life from the dead.”

This controversial phrase may be interpreted literally, as referring to the resurrection at Christ’s return or to the wonderful life after that. This interpretation focuses on the last days and foresees a mass conversion of Gentiles at the end of time; a great spiritual revival that signals the resurrection. Whilst a future mass conversion of Jews would doubtless be a wonderful and desirable phenomenon the text says nothing about that. The context is rather against it since the apostle says (v.13-14) that he is already labouring to see some of his own people saved and bring about their ‘fullness’ (v12b). Thus when the last Jew is saved, and the last Gentile also (v.25), there will be life from the dead, or, the resurrection life. It is not the moment of resurrection that is in view but the glorious state thereafter. ‘Life from the dead’ may also be viewed in a metaphorical sense as referring to great spiritual blessings that enrich the whole world. It is an image denoting the greatest happiness possible.

Paul then uses several metaphors to show that the Jews can never be finally rejected and to warn Gentiles believers against spiritual pride. In v. 16 he refers to the OT practice outlined in Numbers 15:18 – 21 of offering the first piece of dough to the Lord. The first piece stood for the rest. Since God accepted the first piece the rest was holy as well. Paul is applying this concept to Israelite history and implying that since God accepted the patriarchs in spite of their many failings, he will also likewise accept their descendants. V.16 refers similarly to ‘the root’ and says that if it is holy, so are the branches.

THE ALLEGORY OF THE OLIVE TREE

Having mentioned ‘root’ and ‘branches’ Paul goes on to employ (vv.17-14) a long and elaborate allegory about an olive tree, representing the Jews. Paul imagined cultivated branches (unbelieving Jews) being broken off and wild olive branches (Gentiles) being grafted in. He stresses to his Gentiles readers that they had not replaced the branches that were broken off and suggests that by trusting in their own efforts they likewise could be broken off. He expresses optimism (v23) that Jews will believe and be grafted back into their own olive tree.

Paul begins his illustration in v.17 by referring to a cultivated olive tree and wild olive shoots. The olive tree was a familiar symbol of the nation of Israel (Jer. 11:16; Hosea 14:6) and Paul restates the tragic situation of the unbelieving Jews of his day by picturing them as branches that had been broken off the tree. He also pictures wild olive shoots, the Gentiles, as having been grafted onto the olive tree and bearing fruit along with the believing remnant. The newly engrafted Gentiles believers ‘share in the nourishing sap from the olive root.’ Paul’s analogy seems strange in that this was a reversal of the normal process, which was to graft a shoot from a cultivated tree into a wild olive so that it might produce good fruit. Paul, however, is aware that this is ‘contrary to nature’ (v.24), and by this oleicultural inaccuracy may be stressing the miraculous nature of what God is doing in allowing the Gentiles to enjoy the blessings of salvation. His argument depends on the fact that the illustration is unusual.

In v.18 Paul warns the Gentile believers against arrogance and reminds them: ‘You do not support the root, but the root supports you.’ The Gentiles had nothing to boast about as the gospel promises did not originate with them. God gave them to the patriarchs and passed them down through their descendants.

In v.19 Paul anticipates that the Gentiles might justify their feelings of superiority by saying ‘Branches were broken off so that I could be grafted in.’ He agrees with them that the natural branches (unbelieving Jews) were indeed broken off because of unbelief and that the Gentiles ‘stand by faith.’ Faith is the only basis for a relationship with God and continuance in faith is proof that the graft has taken. He goes on to stress that the fact that the natural branches were broken off and wild ones grafted in is not cause for arrogance but for fear. The reason for this fear is given in v.21: ‘for if God did not spare the natural branches, he will not spare you either.’ Lloyd-Jones (1999, p.144) contends that just as Paul has been talking about Israel in general so now he is referring to Gentiles in general:

‘He is not now dealing with the elect Gentiles but with the Gentiles in general… He says to the Gentiles that Israel was included in the same way as they now are, but she is now excluded. That has got nothing to do with the elect because, though Israel in general is out, the remnant according to the election of grace is in…The whole argument must be thought of in terms of the general position, as regards Jews and Gentiles.’

Paul concludes the allegory of the olive tree and his warning to the Gentiles in vv.22-24 by suggesting that they consider two attributes of God; ‘his kindness and sternness.’ God’s ‘kindness’ is his will to do a person good, his ‘sternness’ (used only here in the NT) is his justice applied without mercy. One has to do with the grace of God in salvation, the other with his judgment toward unbelievers. Three possible scenarios are outlined:

1) Kindness extended to elect Gentiles.

‘Consider therefore the kindness… of God…to you’. That God, in his sovereignty, had taken wild olive shoots and grafted them into the cultivated olive tree is said by Paul to be a display of kindness. Gentiles had become partakers of God’s promise.

2) Sternness displayed toward rejected Jews or Gentiles.

‘Consider therefore the… sternness of God…to those who fell.’ ‘Kindness to you, provided that you continue in his kindness. Otherwise you also will
be cut off.’ Jews who had rejected Christ had been already cut off; Gentiles are not to boast about that in case God’s kindness is withdrawn.

3) Kindness in restoring Jews to their former position.

‘And if they do not persist in unbelief, they will be grafted in, for God is able to graft them in again.’

Paul is confident that, providing they do not remain in persistent unbelief, God will restore Jews to their former position. He argues in v.24 that if God can save Gentiles who were from a wild olive tree, how much easier it is for him to save Jews who more naturally belong in the olive tree that began with the patriarchs. Hendriksen (1981, p.376) stresses that:

‘In reading what Paul says about the olive tree there is one very important point that must not be overlooked. The apostle recognizes only one (cultivated) olive tree. In other words the church is one living organism. For Jew and Gentile salvation is the same. It is obtained on the basis of Christ’s atonement, by grace, through faith.’

The emphasis throughout is on God’s sovereignty. The apostle stresses that ‘God is able’ (v.23) and yet at the same time that there are moral conditions associated with being ‘cut off’ and ‘standing’. Divine sovereignty and human responsibility interact. It is interesting that Paul’s conception of divine sovereignty is so flexible that he can state with conviction that both God’s kindness’ and his ‘sternness’ are reversible.

View my posts:

Introduction to Romans chapters 9-11

Romans 9:1-5 Paul’s Lament

Romans 9:6-29

Romans 9:30- 10:21

Romans 11:25-36

Romans 9-11 Bibliography

Posted in Exposition

ROMANS 9:30 -10:21

DISCOURSE 2   ROMANS 9:30 – 10:21

THESIS: Some Gentiles received righteousness but some Jews did not (9:30-31)

9:30-33

‘What then shall we say? That the Gentiles, who did not pursue righteousness, have obtained it, a righteousness that is by faith; but the people of Israel, who pursued the law as the way of righteousness, have not attained their goal. Why not? Because they pursued it not by faith but as if it were by works. They stumbled over the stumbling stone. As it is written: “See, I lay in Zion a stone that causes people to stumble and a rock that makes them fall, and the one who believes in him will never be put to shame.” Rom 9:30-33 (NIV)


Paul now moves on from divine sovereignty to talk about human responsibility and addresses objections to the fact that God has chosen to save many Gentiles but only some Jews. This is clearly the beginning of a new section as he uses the expression; ‘What then shall we say?’ which often introduces a change of focus in Romans (4:1; 6:1; 7:7; 8:31) and here prompts the audience to think about Israel’s disobedience (10:21). The key word is this discourse is ‘righteousness’ (dikaiosynē) which occurs ten times.

He first mentions the Gentiles who, he says, did not pursue righteousness. How then did some of them ‘obtain’ this status (right standing with God) without having sought it?

Moo (1996, p.619) explains:

‘Paul returns (after using the term to refer to moral righteousness in chaps. 6-8) to the forensic meaning of righteousness that he established in chaps. 1-4: the “right” standing with God that is the product of God’s justifying work in Christ.’

Paul emphasises that this righteousness is ‘by faith’ (9:30), a fact that he has already made clear in 1:16-17 and in 3:21-4:25. Faith is possible on the part of the Gentle as well as the Jew (1:16) and this is why so many Gentiles are being saved.

In v.31 Paul then speaks of the Jews, who pursued a ‘law of righteousness’ but have not attained it. Unlike the Gentiles who ‘obtained’ (katelaben, lay hold of) righteousness, the Jews did not ‘attain’ (efthasen, reach) the goal. The reason Paul gives  (v.32) was that they ‘pursued it not by faith but as if it were by works’ and thus ‘stumbled over the “stumbling-stone”.

He quotes from Isaiah 8:14 and 28:16, two passages that mention a ‘stone’, which he conflates to emphasize the negative point about Israel’s fall (he takes up the last part of the quotation again in 10:11 to make the positive point that Christ is the stone). By means of this composite quotation from Isaiah Paul stresses that Israel’s problem is failure to believe on Jesus Christ. He is their obstacle. The image is that of a race in which a runner is so preoccupied with the finishing line that he stumbles over a rock and falls.

10:1-4

‘Brothers and sisters, my heart’s desire and prayer to God for the Israelites is that they may be saved. For I can testify about them that they are zealous for God, but their zeal is not based on knowledge. Since they did not know the righteousness of God and sought to establish their own, they did not submit to God’s righteousness. Christ is the culmination of the law so that there may be righteousness for everyone who believes.’ Rom 10:1-4 (NIV)


Having explained in chapter 9 that not all of ethnic Israel will be saved, Paul expresses to the Christians (‘brothers’ 10:1) to whom he is writing his desire that ethnic Israel might be saved. He wants the Christian church to know that he takes no pleasure in the failure of ethnic Israel to attain salvation and stresses his sincerity with a statement of his petition on Israel’s behalf. He did not seem to sense any tension between his teaching on predestination in chapter 9 and his passionate prayer for Israel’s salvation. Divine election does not mean that prayer is neither necessary nor important. That Paul was continuing to pray for the salvation of Israel suggests that he did not accept that their present state of rejection was final.

He begins v.2 with the word ‘for’, thus indicating that he is going to give the reason for his prayer. He says: ‘I can testify about them’, which suggests that he can  accurately comment on the matter as a result of his own personal experience. It is because they are ‘zealous for God, but their zeal is not based on knowledge.’ Their dedication was not in doubt but zeal (fervent devotion and passion) without knowledge is only fanaticism. Zeal alone does not bring salvation. Paul sums up the defectiveness of their understanding in v.3:

‘Since they did not know the righteousness that comes from God and sought to establish their own, they did not submit to God’s righteousness.’

The term ‘God’s righteousness’’ occurs twice in 10:3 and also in 1:17 and in 3:5; 21; 22 (along with references to ‘his righteousness’ in 3:25 and 26). Elsewhere in Paul it occurs only in 2 Corinthians 5:21 although there is a similar expression ‘the righteousness that comes from God’ in Philippians 3:9. Paul links ‘God’s righteousness’ with justification (3:21-26) and views it as God’s gift (5:17). The Jews, however, did not understand that the correct way to attain a righteous
standing before God was to ‘submit’ (10:3). Instead they sought to establish their own righteousness by practising good works. Schreiner (1998, p.544) concludes:

‘The reason, then, that the Jews did not subject themselves to the saving righteousness of God is because they were ignorant of the fact that righteousness was a gift of God’s grace and they mistakenly thought that they could secure their own righteousness by observing the Torah.’

In Romans 10:4 Paul makes an important and much debated statement: ‘Christ is the end of the law so that there might be righteousness for everyone who believes.’ The key terms are: ‘End,’ ‘Law,’ and ‘Righteousness.’ In any discussion of this verse one must try to explain the significance of these terms and identify the relationship of  Christ to the law.

END

‘End’ (telos) may refer to a’ termination’/ ‘cessation’ or to a ‘purpose’/’goal.’ It may also refer to an ‘outcome’ (6:21). The three main views of its meaning in 10:4 are:

1) ‘Fulfilment’- All the OT institutions, types and rituals pointed to Christ and were fulfilled in him.

2) ‘Termination’ – The Mosaic Law as a covenant is finished. God’s people today are not bound to it. This view stresses the discontinuity between Christ and the law and is attractive because it bears in mind 7:6 where a release from the law has already been declared, and also the additional statement of 8:1 that all who are in Christ Jesus are no longer under condemnation.

3) ‘Goal’ – The purpose of the law was not to save, but to lead people to faith in Christ.

This does not mean that there was a full revelation of Christ throughout history but rather that God provided some details at various times about the one who would come and, based on the believing response to these revelations about Christ, righteousness was credited (10:6-9). These OT events and prophecies pointed to the coming of the Messiah and all the predictions culminated in him; the one whom Paul referred to as the ‘stone’ (9:33), called ‘Christ’ (10:4) and identified as ‘the Lord Jesus’ (10:9).

LAW

‘Law’ in 10:4 is sometimes taken to refer to law in its general sense but most scholars take it to mean the Law of Moses. The other two verses in the immediate context which mention ‘law’ (9:31; 10:5) would support this interpretation.

It is likely that Paul has in mind the Old Testament (which includes the Mosaic Law), a view which would better suit the idea that telos means ‘goal’. Paul does not distinguish between the Law of Moses and the rest of the OT in chapters 9-11. When, in each of the three chapters he speaks of his hope for the salvation of Israel (9:1-3; 10:1; 11:26), he supports his argument for salvation through faith with quotations from throughout the OT.  Just before making the statement of 10:4 he has quoted from Isaiah (9:27; 28; 29; 33) rather than from the Pentateuch which suggests that in Paul’s view there is full agreement between all of the OT and the gospel that he preaches. He is contrasting two views regarding the function of the law. Non-elect Israelites thought of the law as a means of salvation; which was conditional on compliance with its demands (9:31-32). Paul saw the law rather as a body of truth which had to be believed for salvation. For him, Christ was the embodiment of that truth and was its goal.

RIGHTEOUSNESS

‘Righteousness’ is a characteristic of a person. Ziesler (1972, pp.7-8) explains what it might mean:

‘There are two main conceptions of the meaning of the noun. It is usually assumed without argument by Roman Catholic exegetes that it means “justice” in the sense of uprightness, rather than strict distributive justice or even forensic justice in general…The usual Protestant position however has been that righteousness as imputed in justification is real righteousness, which comes from God to man, but for forensic purposes only. Man is not righteous, but he is treated by God as if he were, because he stands clothed in the righteousness of Christ…Thus righteousness from God and justification are the same thing. Both are to do with the granting of a status before God, an undeserved status which in itself is not concerned with ethics, but which has ethical consequences.’

Paul has already taught (Rom. 4:4-5) that righteousness is not based on human effort but is a gift obtained by faith. He shows in 9:30 -10:4 that the Jews viewed the law as a goal in itself rather than realising that the OT pointed to Christ. He uses the OT to show that Christ was, and is, the necessary object of faith for salvation and stresses in 10:4 that the OT law fulfilled its revelatory function until the appearance of Christ, its end goal. He is the focus of salvation history. Moo (1996, p. 640) views v.4 as:

‘The hinge on which the entire section 9:30-10:13 turns. It justifies Paul’s claim that the Jews, by their preoccupation with the law, have missed God’s righteousness (9:30-10:3); for righteousness is now found only in Christ and only through faith in Christ, the one who has brought the law to its climax and thereby ended its reign. It also announces the theme that Paul will expound in 10: 5-13: righteousness by faith in Christ for all who believe.’

10:5-8

‘Moses writes this about the righteousness that is by the law: “The person who does these things will live by them.” But the righteousness that is by faith says: “Do not say in your heart, ‘Who will ascend into heaven?’” (that is, to bring Christ down) “or ‘Who will descend into the deep?’” (that is, to bring Christ up from the dead). But what does it say? “The word is near you; it is in your mouth and in your heart,” that is, the message concerning faith that we proclaim:’ Rom 10:5-8 (NIV)

In vv. 5-7 Paul contrasts righteousness ‘by faith’ with righteousness ‘by the law’ and uses two OT verses to argue against attempting to establish righteousness by means of the Mosaic Law. In v. 5 he writes: ‘Moses describes in this way the righteousness that is by the law’ and gives a quotation from Leviticus 18:5: ‘The Man who does these things will live by them.’

‘The verse is not speaking about the attainment of eternal life; and Paul clearly does not believe that the OT teaches that righteousness is based on the law (see Rom 4). Paul is not, therefore, claiming that Christ has replaced the old way of salvation – by obedience to the law- with a new one- by faith in Christ.’ Schreiner (1993, p.125) points out that:

This is a righteousness based on works. Many interpret Leviticus 18:5 as promising eternal life, if the standard is met. If one performs the
righteousness of the law he will live. The context of Lev. 18:5, however, has to do with Israel’s obedience to God’s commands in order to prolong their blessings in the Promised Land. Nehemiah used this verse (9:29-30) to explain that their disobedience to the law resulted in their subjugation by hostile nations. Ezekiel (18: 9; 13) refers to the verse when discussing the execution of those who violate certain commandments. Leviticus 18:5 does not therefore refer to eternal life but to obedience to God’s commands in order to stay alive. Moo (1996, p.648) observes:

‘Paul’s statement in v.5 only makes sense if it is assumed that no one can perfectly obey the law. The attempt to gain righteousness by the law is excluded precisely because no one has the ability to put into effect what the law demands.’

Paul does not deal at all here with the impossibility of keeping the law as he has already covered the topic in 3:9-20. He is arguing that the perfect keeping of the law is to be rejected as a viable method of obtaining righteousness because Christ has accomplished all that is required for salvation.

Having stated (10:5) that Moses spoke of ‘righteousness by the law,’ Paul introduces a different and opposing voice in v.6. This is the personified voice of ‘the righteousness that is by faith’ speaking words from Deuteronomy 9:4 and 30:11-14. It seems that Paul has come close to setting up one scripture in opposition to another (since Deuteronomy was also  written by Moses).

In his discussion of this controversial use of scripture Schreiner (2002, pp.133-134) quotes Silva who:

‘… notes it is uncommon for NT writers to call into question the interpretation of opponents by setting forth an opposing contextual argument of the text in question. He goes on to say, “Jewish literature contemporary to the New Testament shows a similar hesitation to score points by refuting the opponent’s use of Scripture. And the later rabbinic scholars, as a rule, refuted an argument based on Scripture by counteracting with a different passage, not by demonstrating faulty hermeneutics.” In other words, Paul cites the OT in Rom 10:6-8 to show that obeying the law is not the means of righteousness.’

Paul is explaining that God will not be impressed with human good works when his way of salvation is belief in the gospel. Just as the people to whom Moses spoke (Deut 30:11) had a message that was accessible to them, and not too difficult for them to understand, the same was true of the Israelites of Paul’s generation. They were not required to do the impossible. They did not need to ‘ascend into heaven’ in order to bring Christ down, or to ‘descend into the deep’ (since Christ was already resurrected from the dead). Just as the law had been brought down to the Israelites by Moses so also Jesus, the Messiah, had come down to earth. The message of righteousness by faith was ‘near’ Israel and this was the ‘word of faith’ that Paul was proclaiming.

10:9-10

‘If you declare with your mouth, “Jesus is Lord,” and believe in your heart that God raised him from the dead, you will be saved. For it is with your heart that you believe and are justified, and it is with your mouth that you profess your faith and are saved.’ Rom 10:9-10 (NIV)

In 10:9 Paul explains what it is that he preaches and the simplicity of the response that it demands. It has to do with the certainty of salvation through faith in Jesus Christ. Consistent with the order of his quotation from Deuteronomy (‘the word is near you: it is in your mouth and in your heart’) he first mentions confession with the mouth about who Jesus is and then belief in the heart about what God has done.

Hoeksema (2002, p.461) maintains:

‘The resurrection was an act of God. The text does not say, “If you believe that Christ is risen.” Emphatically, the apostle states, “he who believes that God raised Jesus from the dead.” It was an act of God. God did something. And our faith clings ultimately to that act of God…The act of God whereby He raised Jesus from the dead was the act by which he declared us righteous.’

Just as in v.9 the result of belief and confession is salvation so it is likewise in v.10. Here Paul reverses the order of the salvation process (‘it is with your heart that you believe and are justified, and it is with your mouth that you confess and are saved.’) forming a chiasm. This general statement in v.10 which again underscores that the key element is faith, not works, is a transition leading to Paul’s taking up again the idea of universality mentioned at the end of v.4 ( ‘for everyone who believes’). Since justification and salvation are as a result of faith then one must logically conclude that anyone who exercises faith in Christ will be saved, regardless of ethnicity.

10:11-13

‘As Scripture says, “Anyone who believes in him will never be put to shame.” For there is no difference between Jew and Gentile —the same Lord is Lord of all and richly blesses all who call on him, for, “Everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved.” Rom 10:11-13 (NIV)

In vv. 11-13 Paul takes up the aforementioned idea of universality and (v.11) quotes Isaiah 28:16, which also underscores the connection between faith and salvation, but adds the words pas ho (everyone) to emphasise the universal nature of the gospel. Everyone who believes in the Lord ‘will not be put to shame’, i.e. deliverance at the time of judgement.’

In v.12 Paul concludes that since salvation is available by faith to all who call on the Lord for help then there is no difference between Jew and Gentile; they all have the same Lord.

In v. 13 he quotes from Joel 2:32 (a verse that in its original context refers to the remnant of Israel); ‘For, everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved’, thus supporting his statement in v.12 by sandwiching it between two OT quotations. The ‘everyone’ of v. 11 and that of v. 13 together back up the expression in v.12 that ‘there is no difference between Jew and Gentile.’ Regardless of race or culture anyone can call in faith upon the Lord for salvation. Upon reading these verses one recalls Paul’s earlier statement of ‘no distinction’ (3:23) in sin and judgment but, as Bassler (1984, p.56) notes, now ‘the emphasis of “no distinction” or impartiality has shifted’.

She continues:

‘In chaps.1-3 it was used as a warrant for the inclusion of Gentiles. Here it supports an argument for the ultimate inclusion of the recalcitrant Jews within the community of faith, so that the total scheme of salvation corresponds to the basic axiom of divine impartiality: “For God has consigned all men to disobedience so that he may have mercy on all” (11:32).

Salvation can be for everyone so how could someone know the gospel without it being preached to them? Although from vv. 14-21 Paul again takes up the situation of Israel and investigates Jewish rejection of the gospel he first speaks of the practicalities involved in a person’s salvation: a preacher must be sent and the message must be preached, heard, and believed.

10:14-17

‘How, then, can they call on the one they have not believed in? And how can they believe in the one of whom they have not heard? And how can they hear without someone preaching to them? And how can anyone preach unless they are sent? As it is written: “How beautiful are the feet of those who bring good news!” But not all the Israelites accepted the good news. For Isaiah says, “Lord, who has believed our message?” Consequently, faith comes from hearing the message, and the message is heard through the word about Christ.’ Rom 10:14-17 (NIV)

In vv.14-15 he poses a series of four rhetorical questions beginning with ‘How?’ These build upon one another by repetition of the verb at the end of one question at the beginning of the next question. In light of God’s promise that whoever calls on the name of the Lord will be saved(10:13):

1) ‘How then can they call on Him they have not believed in?’

2) ‘How can they believe in the one of whom they have not heard?’

3) ‘How can they hear without someone preaching to them?’

4) ‘How can they preach unless they are sent?’

In these four questions Paul sets out the conditions necessary for calling on the name of the Lord and presents the five essential links in the chain of evangelism. These are the basic elements of Christian mission: Sending, Preaching, Hearing, Believing, and Calling. If one of the previous links is missing, Calling does not occur and there is no salvation.

Who is to be evangelized? In 1:16 Paul made it clear that both Jews and Gentiles were to be evangelized. In the context of chapters 9-11 he is
speaking specifically of the evangelism of Jewish people, the priority of which he inferred in 1:16. It is as if he is emphasizing to the believers at Rome (where there were possibly some tensions between Jewish and Gentile Christians) that they ought to be involving themselves in the evangelism of Jews as well as of Gentiles. He quotes loosely (v.15) from Isaiah 52:7 (with perhaps an allusion to Nahum 1:15) noting the beauty of the feet of those who ‘bring good news’. This verse, in its original setting, prophesied the certainty of Israel’s return from Captivity in Babylon. Jews, in spite of their rejection of Christ, still needed to hear the message about Jesus the Messiah. Since Paul is analyzing Jewish rejection of the gospel up to that point in time he goes on to show that in their case all the conditions for salvation have been met; except one.

V.16 points out that even though the gospel is good news, not everyone believes. It says: ‘But not all the Israelites responded to the good news.’ This is an understatement as, in comparison to the Gentles, very few Jews accepted Christ. It does, however, reiterate the concept of the remnant introduced in 9:6; while not all believed, some did. In the case of Israel, this was nothing new. Paul quotes Isaiah 53:1 (‘Lord, who has believed our message?) in support of this and thus identifies the missing link in the chain. Faith was missing.

V.17 is a transitional verse in that it summarizes the argument thus far. It starts with ‘consequently’ or ‘as a result,’ pointing the reader back to 10:8-9 about the expression of faith but also picks up the idea of ‘hearing’ implied in the ‘message’ of Isaiah 53:1 and moves on to the next stage of Paul’s argument.

10:18-21

‘But I ask: Did they not hear? Of course they did: “Their voice has gone out into all the earth, their words to the ends of the world.” Again I ask: Did Israel not understand? First, Moses says, “I will make you envious by those who are not a nation; I will make you angry by a nation that has no understanding.” And Isaiah boldly says, “I was found by those who did not seek me; I revealed myself to those who did not ask for me.” But concerning Israel he says, “All day long I have held out my hands to a disobedient and obstinate people.” Rom 10:18-21 (NIV)


In vv.18-21 Paul entertains and then dismisses two possible reasons for Israel’s rejection of the gospel. He asks two rhetorical questions which expect a positive answer. They thus become an assertion. ‘Did they not hear?’ and ‘Did Israel not understand?’ They had both heard and understood the message. In v18 Paul queries if the problem might be that the Jews had not heard the gospel: ‘But I ask, did they not hear?’ It must be because they have not heard. He answers ‘Of course they did!’ and quotes Psalm 19: 4: ‘their voice has gone out into all the earth and their words to the ends of the world.’ Paul lifts this verse from its original context which speaks of natural revelation and applies it to the special revelation of the gospel. The idea here may be what Bruce (1963, p. 223) terms ‘representative universalism’, meaning that just as the knowledge of God is said to be universal in Psalm 19 so, in Paul’s day, wherever there were communities of Jews in the known world, it could be said that the gospel had been preached. Paul contends that Israel had definitely heard the
gospel.

V.19 begins with a repetition of the ‘I ask’ of v.18 and moves from the possibility that Israel had not heard the message to the possibility that the message had not been understood. Paul quotes this time from both the Law and the prophets, using Moses and Isaiah as representative of each. The quotation from Moses in v.19 is from Deuteronomy 32:21b. The point being made is that historically Israel knew the Commandments, yet their practice did not match their understanding. They had hardly left Egypt and the experience of the power of God when they made a golden calf and worshipped it. Along the way they complained against God and longed for their former life of slavery. Having reached the Promised Land they pursued false gods. It was not a matter of not understanding God’s law. They acted in wilful disobedience to what they knew. As a result God promised to use people who were not a nation, people who did not have understanding, to make Israel envious.

In v.20 Paul, citing Isaiah 65:1, turns to the prophets: ‘Then Isaiah boldly says, “I was found by those who did not seek Me, I revealed myself to those who did not ask for me”.’ The Gentiles were not pursuing God. They were idolaters who did not seek God; rather he made himself known to them in the gospel. This highlights God’s grace in pursuing the Gentiles rather than Gentiles pursuing Him. Those who did not look for God found him; he took the initiative and revealed himself in the gospel. In v.21 Paul comments: ‘But concerning Israel he says’ and continues the quotation from Isaiah (65:2), ‘All day long have I held out my hands to a disobedient and obstinate people.’ The second discourse closes with this thought of a gracious God actively stretching out his hands to the Jews, wanting them to come to him.

In chapter nine Paul attributed Israelite unbelief to God’s election, in chapter ten he attributes it to their own wilful rejection of the gospel message that they had both heard and understood.

View my posts:

Introduction to Romans chapters 9-11

Romans 9:1-5 Paul’s Lament

Romans 9:6-29

Romans 11:1-24

Romans 11:25-36

Romans 9-11 Bibliography

Posted in Exposition

ROMANS 9:6-29

DISCOURSE 1.   ROMANS 9:6-29

THESIS : It is not as though God’s word has failed (9:6).

9:6-18

‘It is not as though God’s word had failed. For not all who are descended from Israel are Israel. Nor because they are his descendants are they all Abraham’s children. On the contrary, “It is through Isaac that your offspring will be reckoned.” In other words, it is not the children by physical descent who are God’s children, but it is the children of the promise who are regarded as Abraham’s offspring. For this was how the promise was stated: “At the appointed time I will return, and Sarah will have a son.” Not only that, but Rebekah’s children were conceived at the same time by our father Isaac. Yet, before the twins were born or had done anything good or bad —in order that God’s purpose in election might stand: not by works but by him who calls—she was told, “The older will serve the younger.” Just as it is written: “Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated.” What then shall we say? Is God unjust? Not at all!For he says to Moses, “I will have mercy on whom I have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I have compassion.” It does not, therefore, depend on human desire or effort, but on God’s mercy. For Scripture says to Pharaoh: “I raised you up for this very purpose, that I might display my power in you and that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth.” Therefore God has mercy on whom he wants to have mercy, and he hardens whom he wants to harden.’ Rom 9:6-18 (NIV)

JEW’ AND ‘ISRAEL’

In Romans chapters 1-8 the term ‘Jew’ is used to distinguish between them and Gentiles. Chapter 9:6 introduces an important change in vocabulary; the term ‘Israel’ signalling a shift in emphasis from the Jewish nation (the people who live in the territory of Judea) to ‘Israel’, the covenant people of God. This becomes the foremost term in 9-11.

Dunn (1998, p.506) asserts: ‘In short, “Jew” defines primarily by relation to land and by differentiation from peoples of other lands, whereas “Israel” defines primarily by relation to God.’

In vv.6-18 Paul begins to build his case that salvation is through promise and not through physical descent. He anticipates a question that might arise from the previous section and says: ‘But it is by no means the case that the word of God has failed.’(9:6).

This assertion implies the question: ‘Since Israel as God’s covenant
people had received so many promises and privileges (vv.4-5) why have so few been saved?’ Those to whom God made promises of blessing now oppose the gospel so does Israel’s unbelief mean that God’s word has not taken effect? For Paul that was not the case. God’s word had not failed.

Hübner (1984, p.58) observes:

‘Paul clearly sees that the failure of the people of Israel in its history could prompt a thoughtful person to reflect that God’s word and God’s promise have also lost their force (see also Rom 3:3!) In other words, Israel’s failure is the failure of the divine promise and therefore God’s own failure. The answer Paul gives is surprising: it is not the promise that is problematic but rather what is meant by ‘Israel’. For since the ‘history of Israel’ cannot fail –being something which stands under the promise of God- but the historical Israel has failed, the entity ‘Israel’ must be taken in a new sense so that the divine promise may remain valid.’

Paul attempts to prove his point by introducing the concept of the remnant. He wrote: ‘For not all who are descended from Israel are Israel.’ For Paul the remnant does not include Gentile believers but is a rather a true Israel existing within the nation of Israel. He has been clearly focusing on ethnic Israel from the beginning of chapter 9 (‘my brethren, my countrymen according to the flesh, who are Israelites.’) and there is therefore no indication that what he has in mind is a new spiritual Israel composed of all believers, both Jew and Gentile.

Moo (1996, p.574) comments:

‘Throughout these chapters, Paul carefully distinguishes between Israel and the Jews on one hand and the Gentiles on the other. Only where clear contextual pointers are present can the ethnic focus of Israel be abandoned.’

Paul denies that God ever intended to save all ethnic Israelites. He says that being a Jew, a physical descendant of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, is not a guarantee of salvation but that the true Israel is a spiritual, faithful remnant within ethnic Israel. Had God’s promise intended that all ethnic Israelites (all those who are descended from Israel) be saved then indeed his purpose had been frustrated and his word had failed.

Murray (1997, p.10) summarises Paul’s contention that not everyone
who is an ethnic Israelite is a spiritual Israelite as follows:

‘The purpose of this distinction is to show that the covenantal promise of God did not have respect to Israel after the flesh but to this true Israel and that, therefore, the unbelief and rejection of ethnic Israel as a whole in no way interfered with the fulfilment of God’s covenant purpose and promise. The word of God, therefore, has not been violated.’

In vv.7- 13 Paul explains why God did not promise that all ethnic Israelites would form the true people of God. In each of verses 7 and 8 he restates negatively his thesis of v.6 that the children of Abraham are not merely his physical descendants but are the children of the promise. As one might expect Paul points back to the origins of the people group known as ‘the Hebrews’ (Gen 14:13; 40:15) and shows that God’s call of Abraham and the associated promises relate to both ethnic and spiritual Israel. He
supports that distinction by quoting biblical examples of God’s sovereign choice.

ABRAHAM AND HIS TWO SONS

The first example he produces is that of Abraham and his two sons, Ishmael and Isaac. God had promised Abraham that he would be the father of a great nation (Gen. 12:1-3) and that he would have a son (Gen. 15:4-5). Since Sarah was past the age of childbearing she and Abraham decided to fulfil God’s promise by having a son through Sarah’s ‘maidservant’ Hagar and as a result Ishmael was born (Gen. 16). Soon after this God’s covenant with Abraham was sealed by circumcision, a rite in which Ishmael was included (Gen.17:26-27). Ishmael was a physical descendant of Abraham and had been circumcised and was therefore technically a Hebrew. One would expect that the promises would flow through him. Abraham seems to have thought as much in Gen. 17: 18: ‘If only Ishmael might live under your blessing!’ God’s response in Gen. 17:19-20 was as follows: ‘Yes, but your wife Sarah will bear you a son, and you will call him Isaac. I will establish my covenant with him as an everlasting covenant for his descendants after him.’ Subsequently Sarah bore a son and he was named Isaac (Gen.21:2-3). Paul looks to this story for an explanation of the distinction between physical and spiritual Israel and in Romans 9:7 he quotes Gen. 21:12: ‘It is through Isaac that your offspring will be reckoned.’

Having referred back to the establishment of the nation to argue that God has always dealt with Israel by means of sovereign election, Paul goes on to say that God’s choice of Isaac over Ishmael began a pattern of election that still continues. Having first distinguished ‘Israel’ from ‘those who are descended from Israel’ (9:6) Paul now also distinguishes ‘Abraham’s children’ from ‘Abraham’s offspring’ (9:7) and proves that physical descent from Abraham is not a guarantee of inheritance. He proceeds in 9:8 to distinguish between the ‘natural children’ (kata sarka) and ‘the children of the promise’, using the example of Isaac’s children Esau and Jacob.

ESAU AND JACOB

These two were born, not just of the same father, but of the same pregnancy and yet God chose Jacob rather than Esau. Esau was rejected and Jacob chosen long before their birth and before their behaviour. The choice of Jacob was not based on some good deed that he performed as the choice was ‘before the twins were born or had done anything good or bad’ (9:11), nor was it based on physical connection. It was based on election. Paul describes it like this in 9:11: ‘in order that God’s purpose in election might stand’. God brings his purposes to pass and chooses those whom he wills. In the case of Isaac and Ishmael it was a choice between sons of different mothers, in the case of Jacob and Esau it was a choice between twin sons of the same mother. Jacob inherited the promise.

In vv. 22-13 Paul bolsters his argument with two Old Testament quotations; (1) ‘The older will serve the younger’ and (2) ‘Jacob have I loved, but Esau I hated’. He is stressing that God’s election does not necessarily conform to human practice and custom but is always according to his own will. The older son was normally the heir but God chose Abraham’s son Isaac rather than Ishmael. In the case of Isaac’s sons God did not choose Esau but Jacob.

The promise given to Rebecca in Genesis 25:23 would seem to suggest that the election in view is that of ‘nations’ and ‘peoples’. This verse reads:


‘The Lord said to her, ‘Two nations are in your womb, and two peoples from within you will be separated; one people will be stronger than the other, and the older will serve the younger.’


The second quotation, from Malachi chapter one, originally appears after a statement of God’s love for Israel (Mal 1:2) followed by the assertion that God’s love for Jacob is so strong that his attitude to Esau seems like hate by comparison. Again the original reference is not to individuals as Malachi (1:4) goes on to describe Edom as ‘the Wicked land, a people always under the wrath of the Lord.’

Witherington (2004, p.253) maintains:

‘As the OT context of the saying “Jacob I loved and Esau I hated” (Mal. 1:2-3) shows, the subject there is two nations, not two individuals, and, as we have said, even when individuals are in the picture, it is not their eternal destiny that is spoken of. The quoted verse, then, may speak of God’s elective purposes, but the concern is with the roles they are to play in history, not their personal eternal destiny.’

Moo disagrees. He contends (1996, p. 585):

‘First, Paul suggests that he is thinking of Jacob and Esau as individuals in vv. 10b-11a when he mentions their conception, birth and “works” – language that is not easily applied to nations. Second, several of Paul’s key words and phrases in this passage are words he generally uses elsewhere with reference to the attaining of salvation; and significantly they occur with this sense in texts closely related to this one: “election” (see esp. 11:5,7); “call” (see esp. 8:28); and “[not] of works” (see esp. Rom. 4:2-8 and 11:6). These words are therefore difficult to apply to nations or peoples, for Paul clearly does not believe that peoples or nations –not even Israel- are chosen and called by God for salvation apart from their works.’

He continues (1996, p. 586):

‘The nations denoted by these names, we must remember, have come into existence in and through the individuals who first bore those names. In a context in which Paul begins speaking rather clearly about the individuals rather than the nations, we should not be surprised that he would apply a text that spoke of the nations to individuals who founded and, in a sense,  “embodied” them. It is not the issue of how God uses different individuals or nations in accomplishing his purposes that is Paul’s concern but which individuals, and on what basis, belong to God’s covenant people.’


In vv. 14-18 Paul deals with an anticipated objection to his argument of vv. 6-13 in a question and answer format. He is not so much clarifying but rather defending his insistence (v12) that God makes his choices independently of human distinctions. He begins (v14) with ‘What then shall we say? Is God unjust?’ An objector might suggest that when God arbitrarily determines eternal destiny based on nothing but his own
choice, ignoring human claims whether by birth or self effort, then he is irresponsible and unrighteous. God, one might say, must choose people on the basis of moral qualities or else he is unjust.

ILLUSTRATION 1 THE POSITIVE SIDE OF ELECTION

Paul makes his own position (v14) clear by use of a strong negative ‘Not at all!’ before proceeding to give two OT illustrations which he introduces with the word ‘for,’ and from each derives a proof introduced by the word ‘therefore’, The first quotation (v.15) that he presents is from Exodus 33:19. In the book of Exodus the quotation follows the worship of the golden calf, as a result of which the Levites, at God’s insistence, killed three thousand of their idolatrous fellow Israelites (Ex. 32:26-
28). Moses then asked the Lord to show him his glory (Ex. 33:18) after which the Lord said he would cause his ‘goodness’ to pass in front of Moses and proclaim his name ‘the Lord’. Then follows the quotation that Paul cites in Romans 9:15: “I will have mercy on whom I have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I have compassion”.

Paul follows this up with v16: ‘It does not, therefore, depend on man’s desire or effort, but on God’s mercy.’ The subject (‘it’) implied in v.16 is not exactly clear. The reference may be to ‘God’s purpose of election’ (v.12) or, more likely, to God’s ‘bestowal of mercy’ (v15). The point is that nothing man does has any bearing on God’s choice to either withhold or bestow mercy.

God was showing Moses that all the Israelites deserved to die because of their sin against God on that occasion but that God in compassion spared many of them. The nation ought to have been wiped out then but God graciously spared it. Is there unrighteousness with God? Logic works in both directions. Was God unjust when he also spared many Israelites when they deserved to die?

Wright (2002), p. 638) says that:

‘The surprise, in other words, is not that some were allowed to fall by the
wayside, but that any at all were allowed to continue as God’s covenant people, carrying the promises forward to their conclusion.’

Paul shows that election, rather than being unjust, is merciful. Everyone deserves God’s judgement but God is merciful to those elected to salvation. God, in fact, would still be just if he did not choose to spare anyone.

ILLUSTRATION 2     THE NEGATIVE SIDE OF ELECTION

Having thus shown the positive side of election Paul introduces (v.17) his second OT quotation beginning with the word ‘For’ and from it shows (v.18) the negative side. Verse 17 (quoting Ex. 9:16) reads ‘For the Scripture says to Pharaoh: “I raised you up for this very purpose, that I might display my power in you and that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth. Moo (1996, p.595) suggests that’ raise up’ has ‘the connotation “appoint to a significant role in salvation history”. The comment by Paul (v.18) that ‘therefore God has mercy on whom he wants to have mercy and he hardens whom he wants to harden’ relates the ‘raising up’ of Pharaoh to his ‘hardening’.

It is interesting that Paul did not select a quotation from Exodus that explicitly mentions the word ‘hardening’ (Ex. 4:21; 7:3; 9:12). Piper (1993, p. 179) asks: ‘If Paul wanted to infer from an Old Testament quotation that God hardens whom he wills, why did he choose to cite Ex 9:16 in which the word “harden” is missing?’ Perhaps this is because in Ex. 8:15 and 8:32 it is said that Pharaoh hardened his own heart. One might therefore infer that it was only then, and as an act of judgement in
response to this that God, in turn, hardened his heart. Paul, it would seem, wished rather to emphasise the sovereign action of God in election.

HARDENING

It is also interesting that in v.18, which restates what was said in v.16 (that God bestows or withholds mercy on whom he wills), ‘hardening’ is not the exact antithesis of ‘mercy’. ‘Mercy’ in this context refers to the bestowal salvation. ‘Hardening’ however, does not mean the infliction of eternal wrath. Paul has chosen his words with precision. At the time of Paul’s writing he considered the unbelieving Jews ‘hardened’ but was confident that they were not necessarily locked in that hopeless situation forever. Paul’s prayer was for their salvation (9:1-3; 10:1; 11:11-14, 28-32).

Some commentators try to keep their options open. Hendriksen (1981, p. 326), for example, maintains:

‘There is no reason to doubt that the hardening of which Pharaoh was the object was final. It was a link in the chain: reprobation – wicked life – hardening – everlasting punishment. This does not mean, however, that divine hardening is always final.’

Piper contends (1993, p.178):

Must we not conclude, therefore, that the hardening in Rom 9:18 has reference, just as the hardening in 11:7, to the action of God whereby a person is left in a condition outside salvation and thus “prepared for destruction” (9:22)?

In a footnote (1993, p.178 no.31), however, he somewhat qualifies this view:

‘This does not imply that the condition sometimes called hardness of heart (Eph 4:18) or mind (2 Cor 3:14) cannot be altered by the merciful revivifying act of God (Eph 2:1-4). But it does imply that God is the one who sovereignly decides who will be shown such mercy and who will be decisively and finally hardened. It is hardening in this decisive sense that meets the demands of the argument in Rom 9:1-18.

It is clear that God did not force Pharaoh to act against his natural bent, but the quotation (Ex. 9:16) chosen by Paul shows that he considered that God hardened Pharaoh’s heart in order to accomplish his will.

ROMANS 9:19-29

‘One of you will say to me: “Then why does God still blame us? For who is able to resist his will?” But who are you, a human being, to talk back to God? “Shall what is formed say to the one who formed it, ‘Why did you make me like this?’” Does not the potter have the right to make out of the same lump of clay some pottery for special purposes and some for common use? What if God, although choosing to show his wrath and make his power known, bore with great patience the objects of his wrath—prepared for destruction? What if he did this to make the riches of his glory known to the objects of his mercy, whom he prepared in advance for glory — even us, whom he also called, not only from the Jews but also from the Gentiles? As he says in Hosea: “I will call them ‘my people’ who are not my people; and I will call her ‘my loved one’ who is not my loved one,” and, “In the very place where it was said to them, ‘You are not my people,’ there they will be called ‘children of the living God.’” Isaiah cries out concerning Israel: “Though the number of the Israelites be like the sand by the sea, only the remnant will be saved. For the Lord will carry out his sentence on earth with speed and finality.” It is just as Isaiah said previously: “Unless the Lord Almighty had left us descendants, we would have become like Sodom, we would have been like Gomorrah.” Rom 9:19-29 (NIV)


Once again Paul anticipates the objections and, having just addressed the objection that ‘God is unjust!,’ he now turns his attention to the objection that ‘God is unfair!’ How can it be fair for God to find fault when no one can resist his will? If God hardens a person’s heart, on what basis does he then hold that person accountable for his unbelief? Paul treats this objection as an expression of arrogance against God rather than an honest inquiry and says (v.20): ‘But who are you, O man, to talk back to God?’ and goes on to make his point by using a biblical analogy.

THE POTTER AND THE CLAY

Quoting Isaiah 29:16 he compares the Creator and the creature to a potter
and clay. Only the potter (v.21) has the right to determine what types of vessels to produce. From the same lump of clay he can make a work of art or produce a vessel for common, everyday use. That which he forms has no say in the matter for he can mould it as he chooses. In the same way God can do as he pleases with human beings.

The analogy of the potter and the clay is then carried over into vv. 22-24 which Paul begins with another question: ‘What if God, choosing to show his wrath and make his power known, bore with great patience the objects of his wrath-prepared for destruction?’ and continues ‘What if he did this to make the riches of his glory known to the objects of his mercy, whom he prepared in advance for glory- even us…? The word ‘choosing’(NIV) or ‘wishing’ may be interpreted in one of two ways:

1) Causally = ‘because he wished’ to display his wrath.

Or:

2) Concessively = ‘though he wished’ to display his wrath.

The latter interpretation fits best with the assertion that God bears ‘with great patience’ the ‘vessels of wrath’. A threefold reason is given for this tolerance:

1) to demonstrate his wrath
2) to make his power known
3) to make the riches of his glory known to the objects of his mercy.

The pottery ‘for noble purposes’ (honour) and for ‘common use’ of v.21 are parallel to the ‘vessels of mercy’ and ‘vessels of wrath’ of vv.22-23. These ‘vessels of wrath’ are said to be ‘prepared for destruction’, but of the vessels of mercy it is said ‘whom he prepared in advance for glory’. Paul does not say by whom or by what the ‘vessels of wrath’ are found fit for disposal but does emphasize that it is God who has actively prepared the ‘vessels of mercy’ for glory. In v.24 he states that these ‘vessels of mercy’ are those whom God has called, which includes not only Jews but also Gentiles.

In vv. 25-29 he attempts to demonstrate from the OT scriptures that the salvation of Gentiles had been prophesied long before. He gives two quotations from Hosea (2:23; 1:10) and one from Isaiah (10:22-23). Hosea was addressing the ten Northern Tribes of Israel before the exile to Assyria and proclaiming their rebellious attitude (‘not my people’, ‘not my loved one’) as well as a future restoration (‘my people’, ‘my loved one’, ‘sons of the living God’). Hosea spoke these words to give ethnic Israel hope as the elect and yet, although he does not say so explicitly, Paul was quoting these verses to try to prove that the ‘vessels of mercy’ included Gentiles. Why did Paul cite and apply these verses to people outside ethnic Israel? Perhaps his thinking was typological (one story in scripture used by God to teach about another) and he found the rejection and restoration of Israel analogous to the exclusion and then inclusion of Gentiles in God’s saving plan.

Paul quoted these verses (that in their original context referred to the restoration of Israel after the exile) to prove that Gentiles would be saved but also uses them to point out that a believing remnant of Jews will be saved. None of these scriptures refer to all Israelites being saved and they suit Paul’s purpose well as here he is ambiguous, perhaps deliberately so, with regard to the remnant and its size.

In v.27 he claims to be quoting Isaiah when, in fact, the reference is to Hosea 1:10 which makes no mention of a remnant. Perhaps he is combining this with Isaiah 10:22 to form a composite quotation. Heil (2002, p.706) views it as a ‘combined citation’ and explains that throughout Romans the term ‘Israelite’ (9:4) or ‘Israel’ (9:6, 27, 31; 10:19, 21; 11:2, 7, 25, 26) never refers to a ‘Christ-believing Jew’. It is always used in Romans to refer to Jews who have not yet believed in Christ. He states (2004, p. 707):

‘Grammatically, then, the Isaian quote in 9:27b is best translated and understood as an eventual conditional sentence expressing the hope that if, as is to be expected in accord with God’s promise that the sons of Israel (who presently do not yet believe in Christ) will be as numerous as the sand of the sea, then surely, at least a remnant of this great number will be saved in the future by eventually coming to believe in Christ.’

Verse 28 is likewise obscure. The main idea seems to be that God, having definitely decided that the Israelites will be as numerous as the sand of the sea, will accomplish it on earth. This makes the promise based on it (that at least a remnant will be saved), even more certain. Verse 29, (quoting Isaiah 1:9) is a reminder that although only a remnant will be saved (vv.27-28) the fact that God will save some is an indication of his grace.

In this discourse Paul, it would seem, denies that ethnic Israel is the elect of God (9:6) and maintains that the elect have always been a subgroup within Israel. Election is a matter of God’s sovereignty and does not depend on natural descent or on human efforts. Paul has argued for God’s right to elect as he sees fit. The question and answer format suggests his recognition that his readers would not necessarily find this an easy truth to accept. For Paul, it is God alone who has the right to elect or not to elect. Pharaoh (vv. 16-18) is an example of God choosing not to elect (to harden) and in vv.18-21 this is shown to be legitimate because God is the Creator. When God chooses not to elect some, or even most, he does not transgress his own righteousness because, while those who are elected receive grace (which is undeserved), those who are rejected receive justice (which they deserve). In Paul’s reckoning, God is neither unjust nor unfair. His word has not failed.

View my posts:

Introduction to Romans chapters 9-11

Romans 9:1-5 Paul’s Lament

Romans 9:30- 10:21

Romans 11:1-24

Romans 11:25-36

Romans 9-11 Bibliography

Posted in Exposition

ROMANS 9:1-5. PAUL’S LAMENT



‘I speak the truth in Christ—I am not lying, my conscience confirms it through the Holy Spirit— I have great sorrow and unceasing anguish in my heart. For I could wish that I myself were cursed and cut off from Christ for the sake of my people, those of my own race, the people of Israel. Theirs is the adoption to sonship; theirs the divine glory, the covenants, the receiving of the law, the temple worship and the promises. Theirs are the patriarchs, and from them is traced the human ancestry of the Messiah, who is God over all, forever praised! Amen’ Romans 9:1-5 (NIV)


Romans chapter nine begins with a personal lament which introduces the problem that Paul intends to address; the failure of Israel to accept the gospel in spite of the privileges with which they had been blessed. This is the first of four times (9:1-5; 10:1-4; 11:1-6; 11:13-14) in chapters 9-11 when Paul involves himself personally at major turning points of the discussion:


a) In 9:1-5, he stresses how much God’s mercy to Israel matters to him – to the extent that he would be willing to be cut off for the sake of his people.


b) In 10:1-4 he bears witness on behalf of Israel that they have good intentions: they have a zeal for God, but it is is not according to knowledge.

c) In 11:1-6 Paul testifies to the faithfulness of God who has, in fact, called a remnant of Israel in Paul himself.

d) In 11:13-14 he says that he glorifies his ministry as apostle to
the Gentiles; this is part of God’s plan to make Israel jealous.


Paul begins this section with a series of double expressions in vv. 1-2 (‘I speak the truth —I am not lying; in Christ – through the Holy Spirit; great sorrow – unceasing anguish’) by which he asserts his honesty and expresses his grief that his fellow Jews are lost.

In v. 1 he sets forth in one sentence a five-fold cumulative assertion of his sincerity:

a) ‘I speak the truth!’

b) ‘I speak the truth in Christ’

c) ‘I speak the truth in Christ – I am not lying’

d) ‘ I speak the truth in Christ – I am not lying, my conscience confirms it’

e) ‘I speak the truth in Christ – I am not lying, my conscience confirms it through the Holy Spirit’

Paul calls on Christ himself as the one who can vouch for the truthfulness of what he is about to say about Israel and reminds his audience that a second witness, his conscience, is testifying by means of the Holy Spirit. He may have had in mind the OT Law of Evidence which required at least two witnesses (Deuteronomy 19:15-16).

Paul (v.2) describes his heartbreak as continual (adialeiptos) and his response to this as a wish (or prayer) that he might be condemned in order that they might be saved. Was Paul speaking in hyperbole or was he serious? Moo (1996, p.558) comments:

‘I prefer, in agreement with most English translations, to ascribe a hypothetical nuance to the imperfect tense; as Cranfield paraphrases, “I would pray (were it permissible for me so to pray and if the fulfilment of such a prayer could benefit them”)’

Since Paul’s giving up of his own salvation was neither possible nor permissible the wish could not be fulfilled. He seems to model himself on Moses (Exodus 30:30-32), who had also at times been badly treated by the Israelites and yet expressed a willingness to sacrifice himself for them. That those for whom Paul is heartbroken are unbelieving Jews is emphasized in v. 3 where their identification as ‘my people’ is modified by ‘those of my own race’ and further in v. 4 by ‘the people
of Israel’. Paul may have been the Apostle to the Gentiles but he was certainly a Jew by race.

In the concluding words of this lament Paul lists eight special privileges given to Israel and bemoans the fact that the Israelites have not benefitted from these spiritual advantages:

1) adoption
2) the glory
3) the covenants
4) the giving of the law
5) the temple worship
6) the promises
7) the patriarchs
8) the Messiah – who was himself a Jew

Thus in verses 1-5 Paul laments the unbelief of his fellow Jews and their failure to take advantage of their unique privileges, and expresses his overwhelming desire for their conversion. This introduces the subject that will occupy him throughout the rest of chapters 9-11; the unbelief of Israel and the question of God’s faithfulness.

See my posts:

Introduction to Romans chapters 9-11

Romans 9:6-29

Romans 9:30- 10:21

Romans 11:1-24

Romans 11:25-36

Romans 9-11 Bibliography